]> git.proxmox.com Git - mirror_ubuntu-jammy-kernel.git/blame - include/net/mac80211.h
mac80211: AMPDU handling for rekeys with Extended Key ID
[mirror_ubuntu-jammy-kernel.git] / include / net / mac80211.h
CommitLineData
d2912cb1 1/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
f0706e82 2/*
3017b80b
JB
3 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
4 *
f0706e82
JB
5 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
6 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
026331c4 7 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
d98ad83e 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
e38a017b 9 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
fafd2bce 10 * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2019 Intel Corporation
f0706e82
JB
11 */
12
13#ifndef MAC80211_H
14#define MAC80211_H
15
187f1882 16#include <linux/bug.h>
f0706e82
JB
17#include <linux/kernel.h>
18#include <linux/if_ether.h>
19#include <linux/skbuff.h>
f0706e82 20#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
f0706e82 21#include <net/cfg80211.h>
5caa328e 22#include <net/codel.h>
41cbb0f5 23#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
42d98795 24#include <asm/unaligned.h>
f0706e82 25
75a5f0cc
JB
26/**
27 * DOC: Introduction
28 *
29 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
30 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
31 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
32 * drivers.
33 */
34
35/**
36 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
37 *
38 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
f0706e82
JB
39 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
40 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
41 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
2485f710
JB
42 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
43 * tasklet function.
44 *
45 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
6ef307bc 46 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
f0706e82
JB
47 */
48
75a5f0cc
JB
49/**
50 * DOC: Warning
51 *
52 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
53 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
54 */
55
56/**
57 * DOC: Frame format
58 *
59 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
60 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
61 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
62 * hardware.
63 *
64 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
65 *
66 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
67 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
68 *
69 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
70 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
f0706e82
JB
71 */
72
42935eca
LR
73/**
74 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
75 *
76 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
77 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
78 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
79 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
80 *
81 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
82 * suspend.
83 *
84 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
85 *
86 */
87
ba8c3d6f
FF
88/**
89 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
90 *
91 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
92 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
93 * between different stations/interfaces.
94 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
95 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
96 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
97 *
98 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
99 * driver operation.
100 *
adf8ed01
JB
101 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
102 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
103 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
ba8c3d6f
FF
104 *
105 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
106 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
107 *
18667600
THJ
108 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
109 * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
110 * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
111 *
112 * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
113 * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
114 * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
115 * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
116 * ieee80211_return_txq().
ba8c3d6f
FF
117 *
118 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
119 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
120 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
121 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
122 * .release_buffered_frames().
123 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
124 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
125 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
126 */
127
313162d0
PG
128struct device;
129
e100bb64
JB
130/**
131 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
132 *
133 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
445ea4e8 134 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
e100bb64
JB
135 */
136enum ieee80211_max_queues {
3a25a8c8 137 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
445ea4e8 138 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
e100bb64
JB
139};
140
3a25a8c8
JB
141#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
142
4bce22b9
JB
143/**
144 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
145 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
146 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
147 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
148 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
149 */
150enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
151 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
152 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
153 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
154 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
155};
156
6b301cdf
JB
157/**
158 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
159 *
160 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
3330d7be 161 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
6b301cdf 162 *
e37d4dff 163 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
f434b2d1
JB
164 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
165 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
6b301cdf 166 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
3330d7be 167 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
908f8d07 168 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
9d173fc5 169 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
41cbb0f5
LC
170 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
171 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
6b301cdf 172 */
f0706e82 173struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
f434b2d1 174 u16 txop;
3330d7be
JB
175 u16 cw_min;
176 u16 cw_max;
f434b2d1 177 u8 aifs;
908f8d07 178 bool acm;
ab13315a 179 bool uapsd;
41cbb0f5
LC
180 bool mu_edca;
181 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
f0706e82
JB
182};
183
f0706e82
JB
184struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
185 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
186 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
187 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
188 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
189};
190
d01a1e65
MK
191/**
192 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
4bf88530 193 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
04ecd257 194 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
164eb02d 195 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
73da7d5b
SW
196 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
197 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
21f659bf 198 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
d01a1e65
MK
199 */
200enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
4bf88530 201 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
04ecd257 202 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
164eb02d 203 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
73da7d5b 204 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
21f659bf 205 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
d01a1e65
MK
206};
207
208/**
209 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
210 *
211 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
212 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
213 *
4bf88530 214 * @def: the channel definition
21f659bf 215 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
04ecd257
JB
216 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
217 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
218 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
219 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
5d7fad48 220 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
164eb02d 221 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
d01a1e65
MK
222 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
223 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
224 */
225struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
4bf88530 226 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
21f659bf 227 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
d01a1e65 228
04ecd257
JB
229 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
230
164eb02d
SW
231 bool radar_enabled;
232
1c06ef98 233 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
d01a1e65
MK
234};
235
1a5f0c13
LC
236/**
237 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
238 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
239 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
240 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
241 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
242 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
243 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
244 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
245 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
246 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
247 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
248 * for changes/removal.)
249 */
250enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
251 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
252 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
253};
254
255/**
256 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
257 *
258 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
259 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
260 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
261 * done.
262 *
263 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
264 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
265 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
266 */
267struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
268 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
269 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
270 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
271};
272
471b3efd
JB
273/**
274 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
275 *
276 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
277 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
278 *
279 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
280 * also implies a change in the AID.
281 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
282 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
9f1ba906 283 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
38668c05 284 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
96dd22ac 285 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
57c4d7b4 286 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
2d0ddec5
JB
287 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
288 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
289 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
290 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
291 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
292 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
a97c13c3 293 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
8fc214ba 294 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
68542962 295 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
4ced3f74
JB
296 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
297 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
7da7cc1d 298 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
0ca54f6c 299 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
02945821 300 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
ab095877 301 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
1ea6f9c0 302 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
488dd7b5 303 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
52cfa1d6 304 * changed
989c6505
AB
305 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
306 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
2c9b7359
JB
307 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
308 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
309 * context had been assigned.
239281f8 310 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
23a1f8d4 311 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
e38a017b
AS
312 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
313 * keep alive) changed.
dcbe73ca 314 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
bc847970
PKC
315 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fime timing reasurement request responder
316 * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
c9d3245e 317 * @BSS_CHANGED_TWT: TWT status changed
dcbe73ca 318 *
471b3efd
JB
319 */
320enum ieee80211_bss_change {
321 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
322 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
323 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
9f1ba906 324 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
a7ce1c94 325 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
96dd22ac 326 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
57c4d7b4 327 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
2d0ddec5
JB
328 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
329 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
330 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
a97c13c3 331 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
8fc214ba 332 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
68542962 333 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
4ced3f74 334 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
7da7cc1d 335 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
7827493b 336 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
02945821 337 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
ab095877 338 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
1ea6f9c0 339 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
488dd7b5 340 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
989c6505 341 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
2c9b7359 342 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
239281f8 343 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
23a1f8d4 344 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
e38a017b 345 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
dcbe73ca 346 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
bc847970 347 BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26,
c9d3245e 348 BSS_CHANGED_TWT = 1<<27,
ac8dd506
JB
349
350 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
471b3efd
JB
351};
352
68542962
JO
353/*
354 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
355 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
356 * filtering will be disabled.
357 */
358#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
359
615f7b9b 360/**
a8182929
EG
361 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
362 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
a9409093 363 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
6382246e 364 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
b497de63
EG
365 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
366 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
367 * once each time the timeout triggers.
615f7b9b 368 */
a8182929
EG
369enum ieee80211_event_type {
370 RSSI_EVENT,
a9409093 371 MLME_EVENT,
6382246e 372 BAR_RX_EVENT,
b497de63 373 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
a8182929
EG
374};
375
376/**
377 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
378 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
379 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
380 */
381enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
615f7b9b
MV
382 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
383 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
384};
385
a8182929 386/**
a839e463 387 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
a8182929
EG
388 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
389 */
390struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
391 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
392};
393
a9409093
EG
394/**
395 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
396 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
d0d1a12f 397 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
a90faa9d
EG
398 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
399 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
a9409093
EG
400 */
401enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
402 AUTH_EVENT,
d0d1a12f 403 ASSOC_EVENT,
a90faa9d
EG
404 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
405 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
a9409093
EG
406};
407
408/**
409 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
410 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
411 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
412 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
413 */
414enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
415 MLME_SUCCESS,
416 MLME_DENIED,
417 MLME_TIMEOUT,
418};
419
420/**
a839e463 421 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
a9409093
EG
422 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
423 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
424 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
425 */
426struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
427 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
428 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
429 u16 reason;
430};
431
6382246e
EG
432/**
433 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
434 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
435 * @tid: the tid
b497de63 436 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
6382246e
EG
437 */
438struct ieee80211_ba_event {
439 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
440 u16 tid;
441 u16 ssn;
442};
443
a8182929
EG
444/**
445 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
a839e463 446 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
a8182929 447 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
a9409093 448 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
b497de63 449 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
6382246e 450 * @u:union holding the fields above
a8182929
EG
451 */
452struct ieee80211_event {
453 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
454 union {
455 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
a9409093 456 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
6382246e 457 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
a8182929
EG
458 } u;
459};
460
23a1f8d4
SS
461/**
462 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
463 *
464 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
465 *
466 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
467 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
468 */
469struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
470 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
471 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
472};
473
bc847970 474/**
3453de98 475 * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
bc847970
PKC
476 *
477 * @lci: LCI subelement content
478 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
479 * @lci_len: LCI data length
480 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
481 */
482struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
483 const u8 *lci;
484 const u8 *civicloc;
485 size_t lci_len;
486 size_t civicloc_len;
487};
488
471b3efd
JB
489/**
490 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
491 *
492 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
493 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
494 *
41cbb0f5
LC
495 * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
496 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
497 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
498 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
499 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
500 * ACK, BACK or both
501 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
502 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
503 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
55ebd6e6
EG
504 * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
505 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
a0de1ca3
JC
506 * @twt_responder: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
507 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
471b3efd 508 * @assoc: association status
8fc214ba
JB
509 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
510 * or not
c13a765b 511 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
471b3efd
JB
512 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
513 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
ea1b2b45
JB
514 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
515 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
56007a02 516 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
c65dd147 517 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
989c6505 518 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
8c358bcd 519 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
ef429dad
JB
520 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
521 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
522 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
523 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
2ecc3905 524 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
8c358bcd
JB
525 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
526 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
2ecc3905 527 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
ef429dad
JB
528 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
529 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
2ecc3905
AB
530 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
531 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
532 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
21c0cbe7 533 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
98f7dfd8 534 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
96dd22ac
JB
535 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
536 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
537 * the current band.
817cee76 538 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
dd5b4cc7 539 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2d0ddec5
JB
540 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
541 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
4bf88530
JB
542 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
543 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
23a1f8d4 544 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
074d46d1 545 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
22f66895
AA
546 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
547 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
548 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
a97c13c3 549 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
e86abc68
JB
550 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
551 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
552 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
2c3c5f8c
AZ
553 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
554 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
555 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
556 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
a97c13c3 557 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
68542962
JO
558 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
559 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
560 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
561 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
0f19b41e
JB
562 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
563 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
564 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
4ced3f74 565 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
7da7cc1d
JB
566 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
567 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
568 * your driver/device needs to do.
ab095877
EP
569 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
570 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
0ca54f6c 571 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
7827493b
AN
572 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
573 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
1ea6f9c0 574 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
db82d8a9
LB
575 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
576 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
577 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
578 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
579 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
580 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
67baf663 581 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
52cfa1d6
AB
582 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
583 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
584 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
e38a017b
AS
585 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
586 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
587 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
588 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
589 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
590 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
591 * station.
bc847970
PKC
592 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
593 * responder functionality.
594 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
78ac51f8
SS
595 * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
596 * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
597 * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
598 * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
599 * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
600 * nontransmitted BSSIDs
601 * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
602 * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
471b3efd
JB
603 */
604struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
2d0ddec5 605 const u8 *bssid;
41cbb0f5
LC
606 u8 bss_color;
607 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
608 bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
609 bool uora_exists;
610 bool ack_enabled;
611 u8 uora_ocw_range;
612 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
613 bool he_support;
55ebd6e6 614 bool twt_requester;
a0de1ca3 615 bool twt_responder;
471b3efd 616 /* association related data */
8fc214ba 617 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
c13a765b 618 bool ibss_creator;
471b3efd
JB
619 u16 aid;
620 /* erp related data */
621 bool use_cts_prot;
622 bool use_short_preamble;
9f1ba906 623 bool use_short_slot;
2d0ddec5 624 bool enable_beacon;
98f7dfd8 625 u8 dtim_period;
21c0cbe7
TW
626 u16 beacon_int;
627 u16 assoc_capability;
8c358bcd
JB
628 u64 sync_tsf;
629 u32 sync_device_ts;
ef429dad 630 u8 sync_dtim_count;
881d948c 631 u32 basic_rates;
817cee76 632 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
57fbcce3 633 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
9ed6bcce 634 u16 ht_operation_mode;
a97c13c3
JO
635 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
636 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
2c3c5f8c
AZ
637 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
638 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
4bf88530 639 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
23a1f8d4 640 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
68542962 641 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
0f19b41e 642 int arp_addr_cnt;
4ced3f74 643 bool qos;
7da7cc1d 644 bool idle;
ab095877 645 bool ps;
7827493b
AN
646 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
647 size_t ssid_len;
648 bool hidden_ssid;
1ea6f9c0 649 int txpower;
db82d8a9 650 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
67baf663 651 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
52cfa1d6 652 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
e38a017b
AS
653 u16 max_idle_period;
654 bool protected_keep_alive;
bc847970
PKC
655 bool ftm_responder;
656 struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
78ac51f8
SS
657 /* Multiple BSSID data */
658 bool nontransmitted;
659 u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
660 u8 bssid_index;
661 u8 bssid_indicator;
662 bool ema_ap;
663 u8 profile_periodicity;
471b3efd
JB
664};
665
11f4b1ce 666/**
af61a165 667 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
e039fa4a 668 *
6ef307bc 669 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
e039fa4a 670 *
7351c6bd 671 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
e6a9854b
JB
672 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
673 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
674 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
675 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
676 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
677 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
678 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
679 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
680 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
681 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
682 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
e039fa4a 683 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
e039fa4a
JB
684 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
685 * station
e039fa4a 686 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
e039fa4a
JB
687 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
688 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
e6a9854b 689 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
e039fa4a 690 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
ab5b5342
JB
691 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
692 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
693 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
694 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
695 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
696 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
697 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
698 * hardware queue.
e039fa4a
JB
699 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
700 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
701 * is for the whole aggregation.
429a3805
RR
702 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
703 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
e6a9854b
JB
704 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
705 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
706 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
6c17b77b
SF
707 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
708 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
709 * off-channel operation.
cd8ffc80
JB
710 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
711 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
712 * it can be sent out.
8f77f384
JB
713 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
714 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
3b8d81e0
JB
715 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
716 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
02f2f1a9
JB
717 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
718 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
719 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
ad5351db
JB
720 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
721 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
722 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
723 * queue gets full.
c6fcf6bc
JB
724 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
725 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
726 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
1672c0e3
JB
727 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
728 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
729 * should kick the MLME state machine.
026331c4
JM
730 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
731 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
732 * status to user space)
0a56bd0a 733 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
f79d9bad
FF
734 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
735 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
610dbc98
JB
736 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
737 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
738 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
739 * handled properly by the device.
681d1190
JM
740 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
741 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
742 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
aad14ceb
RM
743 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
744 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
745 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
47086fc5
JB
746 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
747 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
748 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
deeaee19
JB
749 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
750 * PS-Poll responses.
b6f35301
RM
751 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
752 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
753 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
a26eb27a
JB
754 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
755 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
756 * monitor injection).
5cf16616
SM
757 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
758 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
759 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
760 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
761 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
eb7d3066
CL
762 *
763 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
764 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
11f4b1ce 765 */
af61a165 766enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
e039fa4a 767 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
e6a9854b
JB
768 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
769 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
770 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
771 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
772 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
773 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
774 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
775 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
776 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
777 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
778 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
779 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
6c17b77b 780 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
cd8ffc80 781 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
8f77f384 782 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
3b8d81e0 783 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
02f2f1a9 784 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
ad5351db 785 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
c6fcf6bc 786 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
1672c0e3 787 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
026331c4 788 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
0a56bd0a 789 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
f79d9bad 790 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
21f83589 791 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
681d1190 792 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
aad14ceb 793 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
47086fc5 794 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
b6f35301 795 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
a26eb27a 796 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
5cf16616 797 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
11f4b1ce
RR
798};
799
abe37c4b
JB
800#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
801
af61a165
JB
802/**
803 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
804 *
805 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
806 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
6b127c71
SM
807 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
808 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
dfdfc2be 809 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
6e0456b5 810 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
bb42f2d1 811 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
8828f81a 812 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup
af61a165
JB
813 *
814 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
815 */
816enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
817 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
6b127c71 818 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
dfdfc2be 819 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
6e0456b5 820 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
bb42f2d1 821 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
8828f81a 822 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP = BIT(5),
af61a165
JB
823};
824
eb7d3066
CL
825/*
826 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
827 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
828 */
829#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
830 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
831 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
832 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
833 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
02f2f1a9 834 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
eb7d3066 835 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
47086fc5 836 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
eb7d3066 837
2134e7e7
S
838/**
839 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
840 * Rate Control algorithm.
841 *
842 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
843 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
844 *
845 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
846 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
847 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
848 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
849 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
8bc83c24
JB
850 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
851 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
2134e7e7
S
852 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
853 * Greenfield mode.
854 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
8bc83c24
JB
855 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
856 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
857 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
2134e7e7
S
858 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
859 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
860 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
861 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
862 */
e6a9854b
JB
863enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
864 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
865 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
866 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
867
8bc83c24 868 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
e6a9854b
JB
869 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
870 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
871 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
872 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
873 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
8bc83c24
JB
874 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
875 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
876 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
e6a9854b
JB
877};
878
879
880/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
881#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
8318d78a 882
e6a9854b
JB
883/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
884#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
1c014420 885
e6a9854b 886/* maximum number of rate stages */
e3e1a0bc 887#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
870abdf6 888
0d528d85
FF
889/* maximum number of rate table entries */
890#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
891
870abdf6 892/**
e6a9854b 893 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
870abdf6 894 *
e6a9854b
JB
895 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
896 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
e25cf4a6 897 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
e6a9854b
JB
898 *
899 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
900 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
901 *
902 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
903 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
c555b9b3
JB
904 *
905 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
906 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
907 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
908 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
b4f7f4ad
JN
909 * information::
910 *
c555b9b3 911 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
b4f7f4ad 912 *
c555b9b3
JB
913 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
914 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
915 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
916 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
b4f7f4ad
JN
917 * information should then contain::
918 *
c555b9b3 919 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
b4f7f4ad 920 *
c555b9b3
JB
921 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
922 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
870abdf6 923 */
e6a9854b
JB
924struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
925 s8 idx;
8bc83c24
JB
926 u16 count:5,
927 flags:11;
3f30fc15 928} __packed;
870abdf6 929
8bc83c24
JB
930#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
931
932static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
933 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
934{
935 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
6bc8312f
KB
936 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
937 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
8bc83c24
JB
938}
939
940static inline u8
941ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
942{
943 return rate->idx & 0xF;
944}
945
946static inline u8
947ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
948{
6bc8312f 949 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
8bc83c24
JB
950}
951
e039fa4a
JB
952/**
953 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
954 *
955 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
956 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
957 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
958 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
959 *
960 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
e6a9854b 961 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
3a25a8c8 962 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
a729cff8 963 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
7d419463
JB
964 * @control: union part for control data
965 * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
966 * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
967 * @control.use_rts: use RTS
968 * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
969 * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
970 * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
971 * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
972 * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
973 * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
974 * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
975 * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
976 * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
977 * @pad: padding
978 * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
979 * @status: union part for status data
980 * @status.rates: attempted rates
981 * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
982 * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
983 * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
984 * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
985 * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission
986 * @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid
987 * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
988 * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
989 * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
6ef307bc 990 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
599bf6a4 991 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
93d95b12 992 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
599bf6a4 993 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
93d95b12 994 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
e039fa4a 995 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
1c014420 996 */
e039fa4a
JB
997struct ieee80211_tx_info {
998 /* common information */
999 u32 flags;
1000 u8 band;
e6a9854b 1001
3a25a8c8 1002 u8 hw_queue;
2e92e6f2 1003
a729cff8 1004 u16 ack_frame_id;
e039fa4a
JB
1005
1006 union {
1007 struct {
e6a9854b
JB
1008 union {
1009 /* rate control */
1010 struct {
1011 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
1012 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
1013 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
991fec09
FF
1014 u8 use_rts:1;
1015 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
0d528d85
FF
1016 u8 short_preamble:1;
1017 u8 skip_table:1;
991fec09 1018 /* 2 bytes free */
e6a9854b
JB
1019 };
1020 /* only needed before rate control */
1021 unsigned long jiffies;
1022 };
25d834e1 1023 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
53168215 1024 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
e039fa4a 1025 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
af61a165 1026 u32 flags;
53168215 1027 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
e039fa4a 1028 } control;
3b79af97
JB
1029 struct {
1030 u64 cookie;
1031 } ack;
e039fa4a 1032 struct {
e6a9854b 1033 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
a0f995a5 1034 s32 ack_signal;
e3e1a0bc 1035 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
599bf6a4 1036 u8 ampdu_len;
d748b464 1037 u8 antenna;
02219b3a 1038 u16 tx_time;
a78b26ff 1039 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
02219b3a 1040 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 1041 } status;
e6a9854b
JB
1042 struct {
1043 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
1044 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
0d528d85
FF
1045 u8 pad[4];
1046
e6a9854b
JB
1047 void *rate_driver_data[
1048 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1049 };
1050 void *driver_data[
1051 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 1052 };
f0706e82
JB
1053};
1054
18fb84d9
FF
1055/**
1056 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
1057 *
1058 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
1059 * @info: Basic tx status information
1060 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
1061 */
1062struct ieee80211_tx_status {
1063 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1064 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
1065 struct sk_buff *skb;
1066};
1067
c56ef672
DS
1068/**
1069 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
1070 *
633e2713
DS
1071 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
1072 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
1073 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
c56ef672
DS
1074 *
1075 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1076 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1077 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1078 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1079 */
1080struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
57fbcce3
JB
1081 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1082 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
c56ef672
DS
1083 const u8 *common_ies;
1084 size_t common_ie_len;
1085};
1086
1087
e039fa4a
JB
1088static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1089{
1090 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1091}
7ac1bd6a 1092
f1d58c25
JB
1093static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1094{
1095 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1096}
1097
e6a9854b
JB
1098/**
1099 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1100 *
1101 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1102 *
1103 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1104 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1105 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1106 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1107 *
1108 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1109 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1110 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1111 */
1112static inline void
1113ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1114{
1115 int i;
1116
1117 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1118 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1119 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1120 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1121 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1122 /* clear the rate counts */
1123 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1124 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1125
1126 BUILD_BUG_ON(
e3e1a0bc 1127 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
e6a9854b
JB
1128 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1129 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1130 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1131}
1132
7ac1bd6a
JB
1133
1134/**
1135 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1136 *
1137 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1138 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1139 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1140 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1141 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1142 * verification has been done by the hardware.
cef0acd4 1143 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1144 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1145 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
981d94a8
JB
1146 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1147 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1148 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1149 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
84ea3a18
LB
1150 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1151 * de-duplication by itself.
72abd81b
JB
1152 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1153 * the frame.
1154 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1155 * the frame.
f4bda337 1156 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
6ebacbb7
JB
1157 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1158 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1159 * merging.
f4bda337
TP
1160 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1161 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1162 * (including FCS) was received.
f4a0f0c5
JB
1163 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1164 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
fe8431f8
FF
1165 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1166 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
4c298677
JB
1167 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1168 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1169 * each A-MPDU
4c298677
JB
1170 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1171 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1172 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1173 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1174 * on this subframe
1175 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1176 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
f980ebc0
SS
1177 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1178 * done by the hardware
17883048
GB
1179 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1180 * processing it in any regular way.
1181 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1182 * them for sniffing purposes.
1183 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1184 * monitor interfaces.
1185 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1186 * them for sniffing purposes.
0cfcefef
MK
1187 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1188 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1189 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1190 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1191 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1192 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1193 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1194 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1195 * interleaved with other frames.
1f7bba79
JB
1196 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1197 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1198 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
f631a77b
SS
1199 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1200 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1201 * the first subframe.
cef0acd4
DS
1202 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1203 * be done in the hardware.
7299d6f7
JB
1204 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1205 * frame
1206 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
41cbb0f5
LC
1207 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1208 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
7d419463 1209 *
41cbb0f5
LC
1210 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1211 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1212 * - DATA3_CODING
1213 * - DATA5_GI
1214 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1215 * - DATA6_NSTS
1216 * - DATA3_STBC
7d419463 1217 *
41cbb0f5
LC
1218 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1219 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1220 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
d1332e7b 1221 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
c3d1f875
ST
1222 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
1223 * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
1224 * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
1225 * known the frame shouldn't be reported.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1226 */
1227enum mac80211_rx_flags {
4c298677
JB
1228 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1229 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
f4a0f0c5 1230 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
4c298677
JB
1231 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1232 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1233 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1234 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
f4bda337 1235 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
7fdd69c5
JB
1236 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1237 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1238 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1239 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1240 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1241 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1242 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1243 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1244 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1245 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1246 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1247 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1248 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1249 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1250 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1251 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
7299d6f7
JB
1252 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1253 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
41cbb0f5
LC
1254 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1255 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
d1332e7b 1256 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
c3d1f875 1257 RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
7ac1bd6a
JB
1258};
1259
1b8d242a 1260/**
7fdd69c5 1261 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
1b8d242a 1262 *
7fdd69c5 1263 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
7fdd69c5
JB
1264 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1265 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1266 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1267 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
7d419463 1268 * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
7fdd69c5
JB
1269 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1270 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
7fdd69c5 1271 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
1b8d242a 1272 */
7fdd69c5
JB
1273enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1274 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
da6a4352
JB
1275 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1276 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1277 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1278 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1279 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
1b8d242a
EG
1280};
1281
da6a4352
JB
1282#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1283
1284enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1285 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1286 RX_ENC_HT,
1287 RX_ENC_VHT,
41cbb0f5 1288 RX_ENC_HE,
da6a4352 1289};
7fdd69c5 1290
7ac1bd6a
JB
1291/**
1292 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1293 *
1294 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1295 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
f1d58c25 1296 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
566bfe5a 1297 *
c132bec3
BR
1298 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1299 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
162dd6a7
JB
1300 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1301 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
8c358bcd
JB
1302 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1303 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
8318d78a 1304 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
7ac1bd6a 1305 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
4352a4d7
JB
1306 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1307 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
566bfe5a
BR
1308 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1309 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1310 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
ef0621e8
FF
1311 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1312 * values were filled.
1313 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1314 * support dB or unspecified units)
7ac1bd6a 1315 * @antenna: antenna used
0fb8ca45 1316 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
5614618e 1317 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
8613c948 1318 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
b4f7f4ad 1319 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
da6a4352
JB
1320 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1321 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
7fdd69c5 1322 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
41cbb0f5
LC
1323 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1324 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1325 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
554891e6 1326 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
4c298677
JB
1327 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1328 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1329 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
c3d1f875 1330 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
7ac1bd6a 1331 */
f0706e82
JB
1332struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1333 u64 mactime;
162dd6a7 1334 u64 boottime_ns;
8c358bcd 1335 u32 device_timestamp;
4c298677 1336 u32 ampdu_reference;
7fdd69c5 1337 u32 flag;
30f42292 1338 u16 freq;
da6a4352 1339 u8 enc_flags;
41cbb0f5
LC
1340 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1341 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
30f42292 1342 u8 rate_idx;
8613c948 1343 u8 nss;
30f42292
JB
1344 u8 rx_flags;
1345 u8 band;
1346 u8 antenna;
1347 s8 signal;
ef0621e8
FF
1348 u8 chains;
1349 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
4c298677 1350 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
c3d1f875 1351 u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
f0706e82
JB
1352};
1353
1f7bba79
JB
1354/**
1355 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1356 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1357 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1358 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1359 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1360 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1361 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1362 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1363 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1364 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1365 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1366 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1367 * @data field.
1368 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1369 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1370 * length
1371 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1372 *
1373 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1374 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1375 * data.
1376 */
1377struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1378 u32 present;
1379 u8 align;
1380 u8 oui[3];
1381 u8 subns;
1382 u8 pad;
1383 u16 len;
1384 u8 data[];
1385} __packed;
1386
6b301cdf
JB
1387/**
1388 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1389 *
1390 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1391 *
0869aea0
JB
1392 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1393 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1394 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
c99445b1
KV
1395 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1396 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1397 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1398 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1399 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1400 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1401 * for more.
5cff20e6
JB
1402 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1403 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1404 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1405 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1406 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
45521245
FF
1407 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1408 * operating channel.
6b301cdf
JB
1409 */
1410enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
0869aea0 1411 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
ae5eb026 1412 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
5cff20e6 1413 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
45521245 1414 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
6b301cdf 1415};
f0706e82 1416
7a5158ef 1417
e8975581
JB
1418/**
1419 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1420 *
e8975581 1421 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
0869aea0 1422 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
e255d5eb 1423 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
e8975581 1424 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
4797938c 1425 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
9124b077 1426 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
5cff20e6 1427 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
0f78231b 1428 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
04ecd257
JB
1429 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1430 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
e8975581
JB
1431 */
1432enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
0f78231b 1433 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
e8975581 1434 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
0869aea0 1435 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
e8975581 1436 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
e255d5eb
JB
1437 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1438 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1439 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
5cff20e6 1440 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
e8975581
JB
1441};
1442
0f78231b
JB
1443/**
1444 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1445 *
9d173fc5
KV
1446 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1447 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1448 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1449 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1450 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
0f78231b
JB
1451 */
1452enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1453 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1454 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1455 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1456 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1457
1458 /* keep last */
1459 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1460};
1461
f0706e82
JB
1462/**
1463 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1464 *
1465 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1466 *
04fe2037
JB
1467 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1468 *
ea95bba4 1469 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
56007a02
JB
1470 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1471 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1472 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
04fe2037
JB
1473 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1474 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1475 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1476 *
1ea6f9c0
JB
1477 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1478 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
04fe2037 1479 *
675a0b04 1480 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
164eb02d 1481 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
04fe2037 1482 *
9124b077 1483 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
ad24b0da
JB
1484 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1485 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
9124b077 1486 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
ad24b0da
JB
1487 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1488 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
0f78231b
JB
1489 *
1490 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1491 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
04ecd257
JB
1492 * configured for an HT channel.
1493 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1494 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
f0706e82
JB
1495 */
1496struct ieee80211_conf {
6b301cdf 1497 u32 flags;
ff616381 1498 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
10816d40 1499
e8975581 1500 u16 listen_interval;
56007a02 1501 u8 ps_dtim_period;
e8975581 1502
9124b077
JB
1503 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1504
675a0b04 1505 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
164eb02d 1506 bool radar_enabled;
0f78231b 1507 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
f0706e82
JB
1508};
1509
5ce6e438
JB
1510/**
1511 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1512 *
1513 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1514 * operation.
1515 *
1516 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1517 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1518 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1519 * the driver passed into mac80211.
2ba45384
LC
1520 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1521 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
5ce6e438
JB
1522 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1523 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
85220d71 1524 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
5ce6e438 1525 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
ee145775
SS
1526 * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
1527 * current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
1528 * channel, expressed in TU.
5ce6e438
JB
1529 */
1530struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1531 u64 timestamp;
2ba45384 1532 u32 device_timestamp;
5ce6e438 1533 bool block_tx;
85220d71 1534 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
5ce6e438 1535 u8 count;
ee145775 1536 u32 delay;
5ce6e438
JB
1537};
1538
c1288b12
JB
1539/**
1540 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1541 *
1542 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1543 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
ea086359
JB
1544 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1545 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1546 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1547 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
848955cc
JB
1548 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1549 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1550 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1551 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
b115b972
JD
1552 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1553 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1554 * this is not pure P2P vif.
c1288b12
JB
1555 */
1556enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1557 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
ea086359 1558 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
848955cc 1559 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
b115b972 1560 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
c1288b12
JB
1561};
1562
32bfd35d
JB
1563/**
1564 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1565 *
1566 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1567 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1568 *
51fb61e7 1569 * @type: type of this virtual interface
bda3933a
JB
1570 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1571 * or the BSS we're associated to
47846c9b 1572 * @addr: address of this interface
2ca27bcf
JB
1573 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1574 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
59af6928
MK
1575 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1576 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1577 * for read access.
b5a33d52 1578 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
c1288b12
JB
1579 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1580 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1581 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1582 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
3a25a8c8
JB
1583 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1584 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
d01a1e65
MK
1585 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1586 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1587 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1588 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1589 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
ddbfe860 1590 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
ad24b0da 1591 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
ddbfe860 1592 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
1b09b556
AO
1593 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1594 * interface.
32bfd35d 1595 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1596 * sizeof(void \*).
ba8c3d6f 1597 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
21a5d4c3
MP
1598 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1599 * protected by fq->lock.
32bfd35d
JB
1600 */
1601struct ieee80211_vif {
05c914fe 1602 enum nl80211_iftype type;
bda3933a 1603 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
a3e2f4b6 1604 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2ca27bcf 1605 bool p2p;
73da7d5b 1606 bool csa_active;
b5a33d52 1607 bool mu_mimo_owner;
3a25a8c8
JB
1608
1609 u8 cab_queue;
1610 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1611
ba8c3d6f
FF
1612 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1613
d01a1e65
MK
1614 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1615
c1288b12 1616 u32 driver_flags;
3a25a8c8 1617
ddbfe860
SG
1618#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1619 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1620#endif
1621
1b09b556
AO
1622 unsigned int probe_req_reg;
1623
21a5d4c3
MP
1624 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1625
32bfd35d 1626 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 1627 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
32bfd35d
JB
1628};
1629
902acc78
JB
1630static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1631{
1632#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
05c914fe 1633 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
902acc78
JB
1634#endif
1635 return false;
1636}
1637
ad7e718c
JB
1638/**
1639 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1640 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1641 *
1642 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1643 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1644 *
1645 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1646 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1647 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1648 */
1649struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1650
dc5a1ad7
EG
1651/**
1652 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1653 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1654 *
1655 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1656 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1657 *
1658 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1659 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1660 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1661 */
1662struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1663
7ac1bd6a
JB
1664/**
1665 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1666 *
1667 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1668 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1669 *
7ac1bd6a
JB
1670 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1671 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
db12847c
IY
1672 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1673 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1674 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1675 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1676 * generation in software.
c6adbd21
ID
1677 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1678 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
e548c49e 1679 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
00b9cfa3
JM
1680 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1681 * (MFP) to be done in software.
077a9154 1682 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
ee70108f 1683 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
077a9154 1684 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
db12847c
IY
1685 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1686 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1687 * MIC.
e548c49e
JB
1688 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1689 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1690 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1691 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1692 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1693 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1694 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
17d38fa8 1695 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
00b9cfa3 1696 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
17d38fa8 1697 * only for managment frames (MFP).
db12847c
IY
1698 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1699 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1700 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
9de18d81
DS
1701 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1702 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1703 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
96fc6efb 1704 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation.
7848ba7d 1705 */
7ac1bd6a 1706enum ieee80211_key_flags {
17d38fa8
MK
1707 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1708 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1709 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1710 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1711 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1712 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1713 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
db12847c 1714 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
9de18d81 1715 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
96fc6efb 1716 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX = BIT(9),
7ac1bd6a 1717};
11a843b7 1718
7ac1bd6a
JB
1719/**
1720 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1721 *
1722 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1723 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1724 *
1725 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1726 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
6a7664d4 1727 * encrypted in hardware.
97359d12 1728 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
f8079d43
EP
1729 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1730 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
7ac1bd6a
JB
1731 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1732 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1733 * @keylen: key material length
ffd7891d
LR
1734 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1735 * data block:
1736 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1737 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1738 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
dc822b5d
JB
1739 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1740 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
7ac1bd6a 1741 */
f0706e82 1742struct ieee80211_key_conf {
db388a56 1743 atomic64_t tx_pn;
97359d12 1744 u32 cipher;
76708dee
FF
1745 u8 icv_len;
1746 u8 iv_len;
6a7664d4 1747 u8 hw_key_idx;
11a843b7 1748 s8 keyidx;
9de18d81 1749 u16 flags;
11a843b7 1750 u8 keylen;
f0706e82
JB
1751 u8 key[0];
1752};
1753
a31cf1c6
JB
1754#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1755
f8079d43
EP
1756#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1757#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1758
9352c19f
JB
1759/**
1760 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1761 *
1762 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1763 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1764 * reverse order than in packet)
1765 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1766 * reverse order than in packet)
1767 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1768 * reverse order than in packet)
1769 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1770 * reverse order than in packet)
a31cf1c6 1771 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
9352c19f
JB
1772 */
1773struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1774 union {
1775 struct {
1776 u32 iv32;
1777 u16 iv16;
1778 } tkip;
1779 struct {
1780 u8 pn[6];
1781 } ccmp;
1782 struct {
1783 u8 pn[6];
1784 } aes_cmac;
1785 struct {
1786 u8 pn[6];
1787 } aes_gmac;
1788 struct {
1789 u8 pn[6];
1790 } gcmp;
a31cf1c6
JB
1791 struct {
1792 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1793 u8 seq_len;
1794 } hw;
9352c19f
JB
1795 };
1796};
1797
2475b1cc
MS
1798/**
1799 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1800 *
1801 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1802 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1803 *
1804 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1805 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1806 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1807 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1808 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1809 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1810 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1811 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1812 * key_idx value calculation:
1813 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1814 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1815 */
1816struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1817 u32 cipher;
1818 u16 iftype;
1819 u8 hdr_len;
1820 u8 pn_len;
1821 u8 pn_off;
1822 u8 key_idx_off;
1823 u8 key_idx_mask;
1824 u8 key_idx_shift;
1825 u8 mic_len;
1826};
1827
7ac1bd6a
JB
1828/**
1829 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1830 *
1831 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1832 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1833 *
1834 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1835 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1836 */
ea49c359 1837enum set_key_cmd {
11a843b7 1838 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
ea49c359 1839};
f0706e82 1840
f09603a2
JB
1841/**
1842 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1843 *
1844 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1845 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1846 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1847 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1848 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1849 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1850 */
1851enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1852 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1853 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1854 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1855 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1856 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1857 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1858};
1859
e1a0c6b3
JB
1860/**
1861 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1862 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1863 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1864 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1865 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1866 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1867 *
1868 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1869 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1870 */
1871enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1872 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1873 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1874 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1875 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1876};
1877
0d528d85
FF
1878/**
1879 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1880 *
1881 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
03f831a6 1882 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
0d528d85
FF
1883 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1884 */
1885struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1886 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1887 struct {
1888 s8 idx;
1889 u8 count;
1890 u8 count_cts;
1891 u8 count_rts;
1892 u16 flags;
1893 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1894};
1895
ba905bf4
ARN
1896/**
1897 * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1898 *
1899 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1900 *
1901 * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames
1902 * to the STA.
1903 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1904 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1905 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1906 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1907 * per peer TPC.
1908 */
1909struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr {
1910 s16 power;
1911 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1912};
1913
17741cdc
JB
1914/**
1915 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1916 *
1917 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1918 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1919 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1920 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1921 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
34e89507 1922 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
17741cdc
JB
1923 *
1924 * @addr: MAC address
1925 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
323ce79a 1926 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
55d942f4
JB
1927 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1928 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
41cbb0f5 1929 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
480dd46b
MA
1930 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1931 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1932 * Can be modified by driver.
527871d7
JB
1933 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1934 * otherwise always false)
17741cdc 1935 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1936 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
910868db 1937 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
f438ceb8
EG
1938 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1939 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
910868db 1940 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
e1a0c6b3 1941 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
8921d04e
JB
1942 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1943 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1944 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1945 * the station moves to associated state.
af0ed69b 1946 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
03f831a6 1947 * @rates: rate control selection table
0c4972cc 1948 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
8b94148c
AN
1949 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
1950 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
93f0490e 1951 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
506bcfa8
EG
1952 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
1953 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
1954 * unlimited.
52cfa1d6 1955 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
6e0456b5 1956 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
edba6bda 1957 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
adf8ed01
JB
1958 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
1959 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
17741cdc
JB
1960 */
1961struct ieee80211_sta {
57fbcce3 1962 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
17741cdc
JB
1963 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1964 u16 aid;
d9fe60de 1965 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
818255ea 1966 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
41cbb0f5
LC
1967 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
1968 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
39df600a 1969 bool wme;
9533b4ac
EP
1970 u8 uapsd_queues;
1971 u8 max_sp;
8921d04e 1972 u8 rx_nss;
e1a0c6b3 1973 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
af0ed69b 1974 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
0d528d85 1975 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
0c4972cc 1976 bool tdls;
8b94148c 1977 bool tdls_initiator;
93f0490e 1978 bool mfp;
506bcfa8 1979 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
57eeb208
JB
1980
1981 /**
1982 * @max_amsdu_len:
1983 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
1984 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
1985 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
1986 *
1987 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
1988 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
1989 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
1990 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
1991 *
1992 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
1993 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
1994 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
1995 */
506bcfa8 1996 u16 max_amsdu_len;
52cfa1d6 1997 bool support_p2p_ps;
6e0456b5 1998 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
edba6bda 1999 u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
ba905bf4 2000 struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr;
17741cdc 2001
adf8ed01 2002 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
ba8c3d6f 2003
17741cdc 2004 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 2005 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
17741cdc
JB
2006};
2007
478f8d2b
TW
2008/**
2009 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
2010 *
2011 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
38a6cc75 2012 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
478f8d2b 2013 *
4571d3bf
CL
2014 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
2015 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
2016 */
89fad578 2017enum sta_notify_cmd {
4571d3bf
CL
2018 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
2019};
2020
36323f81
TH
2021/**
2022 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
2023 *
2024 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
2025 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
2026 */
2027struct ieee80211_tx_control {
2028 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2029};
2030
ba8c3d6f
FF
2031/**
2032 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
2033 *
2034 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
2035 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
adf8ed01
JB
2036 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
2037 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
ba8c3d6f 2038 * @ac: the AC for this queue
f8bdbb58 2039 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
ba8c3d6f
FF
2040 *
2041 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
2042 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
2043 */
2044struct ieee80211_txq {
2045 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
2046 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2047 u8 tid;
2048 u8 ac;
2049
2050 /* must be last */
2051 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2052};
2053
1bc0826c
JB
2054/**
2055 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
2056 *
2057 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
2058 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
2059 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
2060 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
2061 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
2062 *
af65cd96
JB
2063 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
2064 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
2065 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
2066 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
2067 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
2068 * algorithm.
2069 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
2070 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
2071 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
2072 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
2073 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
2074 * CCK frames.
2075 *
1bc0826c
JB
2076 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
2077 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
2078 * the FCS at the end.
2079 *
2080 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
2081 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
2082 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
2083 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
2084 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
2085 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
546c80c9 2086 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
1bc0826c 2087 *
566bfe5a
BR
2088 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
2089 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
2090 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
2091 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
2092 *
566bfe5a
BR
2093 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
2094 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
2095 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
2096 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
2097 *
06ff47bc
TW
2098 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
2099 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
2100 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
8b30b1fe
S
2101 *
2102 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
2103 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
520eb820 2104 *
4be8c387
JB
2105 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
2106 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
2107 *
2108 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
2109 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
2110 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2111 *
2112 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2113 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
4375d083
JM
2114 *
2115 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2116 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
04de8381 2117 *
375177bf
VN
2118 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2119 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2120 * the stack.
2121 *
1e4dcd01 2122 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
ad24b0da
JB
2123 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2124 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
a97c13c3 2125 *
c65dd147
EG
2126 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2127 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2128 * dtim_period).
e31b8213
JB
2129 *
2130 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2131 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2132 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2133 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2134 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2135 * only in that case.
d057e5a3
AN
2136 *
2137 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2138 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2139 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2140 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2141 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2142 * the PS mode of connected stations.
edf6b784
AN
2143 *
2144 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2145 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2146 * software.
885bd8ec 2147 *
4b6f1dd6
JB
2148 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2149 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2150 * active interfaces.
3a25a8c8 2151 *
e27513fb
BG
2152 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2153 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2154 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2155 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
2156 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2157 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2158 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2159 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2160 * supported cipher suites.
2161 *
17c18bf8
JB
2162 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2163 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2164 * for frames.
2165 *
3a25a8c8
JB
2166 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2167 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2168 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2169 * control for more details.
6d71117a 2170 *
0d528d85
FF
2171 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2172 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2173 *
6d71117a
JB
2174 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2175 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2176 * is supported.
ef429dad
JB
2177 *
2178 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2179 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
7578d575 2180 *
919be62b
JB
2181 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2182 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2183 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2184 *
7578d575
AN
2185 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2186 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2187 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2188 * CSA frame.
5d52ee81 2189 *
c70f59a2
IY
2190 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2191 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2192 *
c526a467 2193 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
c56ef672 2194 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
30686bf7 2195 *
b98fb44f
AN
2196 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2197 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2198 *
99e7ca44
EG
2199 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2200 * within A-MPDU.
2201 *
35afa588
HS
2202 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2203 * for sent beacons.
2204 *
31104891
JB
2205 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2206 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2207 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2208 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2209 *
412a6d80
SS
2210 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2211 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2212 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2213 * timeout.
2214 *
c9c5962b
JB
2215 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2216 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2217 *
6e0456b5
FF
2218 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2219 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2220 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2221 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2222 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2223 *
2224 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2225 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2226 *
e8a24cd4
RM
2227 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2228 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2229 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2230 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2231 *
f3fe4e93
SS
2232 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2233 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2234 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2235 *
e2fb1b83
YT
2236 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2237 * TDLS links.
2238 *
94ba9271
IP
2239 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2240 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2241 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2242 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2243 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2244 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2245 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
d1361b32 2246 *
7c181f4f
BCD
2247 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2248 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
94ba9271 2249 *
adf8ed01
JB
2250 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2251 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2252 *
09b4a4fa
JB
2253 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2254 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2255 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2256 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2257 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2258 *
0eeb2b67
SS
2259 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
2260 * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
2261 * TXQs to start with.
2262 *
77f7ffdc
FF
2263 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
2264 * length in tx status information
2265 *
caf56338
SS
2266 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2267 *
2268 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2269 * only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
2270 *
dc3998ec
AW
2271 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT: The card and driver is only
2272 * aggregating MPDUs with the same keyid, allowing mac80211 to keep Tx
2273 * A-MPDU sessions active while rekeying with Extended Key ID.
2274 *
30686bf7 2275 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
1bc0826c
JB
2276 */
2277enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
30686bf7
JB
2278 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2279 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2280 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2281 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2282 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2283 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2284 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2285 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2286 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2287 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2288 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2289 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2290 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2291 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2292 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2293 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2294 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2295 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2296 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2297 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2298 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2299 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2300 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2301 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2302 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2303 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2304 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2305 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2306 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
b98fb44f 2307 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
99e7ca44 2308 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
35afa588 2309 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
31104891 2310 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
412a6d80 2311 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
c9c5962b 2312 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
6e0456b5
FF
2313 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2314 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
e8a24cd4 2315 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
f3fe4e93 2316 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
e2fb1b83 2317 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
94ba9271 2318 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
7c181f4f 2319 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
adf8ed01 2320 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
09b4a4fa 2321 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
0eeb2b67 2322 IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
77f7ffdc 2323 IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
caf56338
SS
2324 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
2325 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
dc3998ec 2326 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT,
30686bf7
JB
2327
2328 /* keep last, obviously */
2329 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
1bc0826c
JB
2330};
2331
7ac1bd6a
JB
2332/**
2333 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
75a5f0cc
JB
2334 *
2335 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2336 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2337 *
2338 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2339 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2340 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
8318d78a
JB
2341 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2342 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
75a5f0cc
JB
2343 *
2344 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2345 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2346 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2347 * along with this structure.
2348 *
2349 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2350 *
2351 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2352 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2353 *
70dabeb7
FF
2354 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2355 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
75a5f0cc 2356 *
566bfe5a 2357 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
ad24b0da 2358 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
75a5f0cc 2359 *
ea95bba4 2360 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
ad24b0da 2361 * that HW supports
ea95bba4 2362 *
75a5f0cc 2363 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
e100bb64
JB
2364 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2365 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2366 *
830f9038
JB
2367 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2368 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2369 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
32bfd35d
JB
2370 *
2371 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2372 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
17741cdc
JB
2373 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2374 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
d01a1e65
MK
2375 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2376 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
ba8c3d6f
FF
2377 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2378 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
870abdf6 2379 *
78be49ec
HS
2380 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2381 * can handle.
2382 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2383 * the hw can report back.
e6a9854b 2384 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
4e6cbfd0 2385 *
df6ba5d8
LC
2386 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2387 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2388 * aggregation.
2389 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2390 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2391 * it shouldn't be set.
5dd36bc9
JB
2392 *
2393 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
41cbb0f5
LC
2394 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2395 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2396 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2397 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2398 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
3a25a8c8 2399 *
6e0456b5
FF
2400 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2401 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2402 *
3a25a8c8
JB
2403 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2404 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
ac55d2fe
JB
2405 *
2406 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2407 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
b4f7f4ad 2408 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
ac55d2fe 2409 * adding _BW is supported today.
72d78728 2410 *
51648921
JB
2411 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2412 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
b4f7f4ad 2413 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
51648921 2414 *
41cbb0f5
LC
2415 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2416 *
99ee7cae 2417 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
7d419463 2418 * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
99ee7cae 2419 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
7d419463
JB
2420 * device_timestamp.
2421 * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
2422 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2423 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
2424 * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
2425 * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
99ee7cae 2426 *
72d78728 2427 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
680a0dab
JB
2428 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2429 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
219c3867
AB
2430 *
2431 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2432 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2433 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2434 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2435 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2436 * neither enabled.
2437 *
2438 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2439 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2440 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
2475b1cc
MS
2441 *
2442 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2443 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2444 * supported by HW.
167e33f4
AB
2445 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2446 * device.
70e53669
WG
2447 *
2448 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2449 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2450 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
b4809e94 2451 *
cb86880e 2452 * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
b4809e94 2453 * refilling deficit of each TXQ.
7ac1bd6a 2454 */
f0706e82 2455struct ieee80211_hw {
f0706e82 2456 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
75a5f0cc 2457 struct wiphy *wiphy;
830f9038 2458 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
f0706e82 2459 void *priv;
30686bf7 2460 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
f0706e82 2461 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
70dabeb7 2462 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
32bfd35d 2463 int vif_data_size;
17741cdc 2464 int sta_data_size;
d01a1e65 2465 int chanctx_data_size;
ba8c3d6f 2466 int txq_data_size;
ea95bba4 2467 u16 queues;
ea95bba4 2468 u16 max_listen_interval;
f0706e82 2469 s8 max_signal;
e6a9854b 2470 u8 max_rates;
78be49ec 2471 u8 max_report_rates;
e6a9854b 2472 u8 max_rate_tries;
41cbb0f5
LC
2473 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2474 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
6e0456b5 2475 u8 max_tx_fragments;
3a25a8c8 2476 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
ac55d2fe 2477 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
51648921 2478 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
99ee7cae
JB
2479 struct {
2480 int units_pos;
2481 s16 accuracy;
2482 } radiotap_timestamp;
72d78728 2483 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
219c3867
AB
2484 u8 uapsd_queues;
2485 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
2475b1cc
MS
2486 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2487 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
167e33f4 2488 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
70e53669 2489 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
b4809e94 2490 u8 weight_multiplier;
f0706e82
JB
2491};
2492
30686bf7
JB
2493static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2494 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2495{
2496 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2497}
2498#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2499
2500static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2501 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2502{
2503 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2504}
2505#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2506
c56ef672
DS
2507/**
2508 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2509 *
2510 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2511 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2512 */
2513struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2514 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2515
2516 /* Keep last */
2517 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2518};
2519
8a4d32f3
AN
2520/**
2521 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2522 *
2523 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2524 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2525 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2526 * @status: channel-switch response status
2527 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2528 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2529 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2530 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2531 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2532 */
2533struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2534 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2535 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2536 u8 action_code;
2537 u32 status;
2538 u32 timestamp;
2539 u16 switch_time;
2540 u16 switch_timeout;
2541 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2542 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2543};
2544
9a95371a
LR
2545/**
2546 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2547 *
2548 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2549 *
2550 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2551 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2552 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2553 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2554 * is already used internally by mac80211.
0ae997dc
YB
2555 *
2556 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
9a95371a
LR
2557 */
2558struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2559
75a5f0cc
JB
2560/**
2561 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2562 *
2563 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2564 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2565 */
f0706e82
JB
2566static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2567{
2568 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2569}
2570
75a5f0cc 2571/**
e37d4dff 2572 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
75a5f0cc
JB
2573 *
2574 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2575 * @addr: the address to set
2576 */
538dc904 2577static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
f0706e82
JB
2578{
2579 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2580}
2581
2e92e6f2
JB
2582static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2583ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2584 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2585{
aa331df0 2586 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
2e92e6f2 2587 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2588 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2589}
2590
2591static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2592ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2593 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2594{
e039fa4a 2595 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2596 return NULL;
e039fa4a 2597 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2598}
2599
2600static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2601ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
870abdf6 2602 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
2e92e6f2 2603{
e6a9854b 2604 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2605 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2606 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2607}
2608
6096de7f
JB
2609/**
2610 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2611 * @hw: the hardware
2612 * @skb: the skb
2613 *
2614 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
2615 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2616 */
2617void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2618
75a5f0cc
JB
2619/**
2620 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
2621 *
2622 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2623 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2624 *
2625 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2626 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
dc822b5d
JB
2627 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2628 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2629 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
75a5f0cc
JB
2630 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2631 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
4150c572 2632 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2633 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2634 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2635 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2636 *
2637 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2638 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2639 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2640 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2641 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
2642 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2643 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2644 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2645 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2646 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2647 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2648 *
2649 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2650 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2651 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2652 * based on the receive flags.
2653 *
2654 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2655 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2656 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2657 * keys.
9ae4fda3
EG
2658 *
2659 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2660 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2661 * handler.
2662 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
25985edc 2663 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
9ae4fda3
EG
2664 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2665 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
e37d4dff 2666 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
9ae4fda3 2667 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
de5fad81
YD
2668 *
2669 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2670 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2671 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
62872a9b
AW
2672 *
2673 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
2674 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
2675 * requirements:
2676 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
2677 mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
2678 completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
2679 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2680 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2681 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
2682 encrypted with the new key and
2683 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2684 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
4150c572 2685 */
75a5f0cc 2686
4be8c387
JB
2687/**
2688 * DOC: Powersave support
2689 *
2690 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2691 *
c99445b1
KV
2692 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2693 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2694 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2695 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2696 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2697 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2698 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2699 * it finds traffic directed to it.
2700 *
2701 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2702 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2703 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
2738bd68
BC
2704 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2705 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
c99445b1
KV
2706 *
2707 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2708 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2709 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
4be8c387
JB
2710 *
2711 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2712 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2713 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2714 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
955394c9
JB
2715 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2716 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
c99445b1
KV
2717 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
2718 *
2719 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2720 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2721 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2722 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2723 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2724 * periods.
2725 *
2738bd68 2726 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
c99445b1
KV
2727 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2728 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2729 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2730 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2731 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2732 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2733 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2734 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2735 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2736 *
2737 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
848955cc 2738 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
e227867f 2739 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
c99445b1
KV
2740 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2741 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2742 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2743 *
2744 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2745 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
4be8c387
JB
2746 */
2747
04de8381
KV
2748/**
2749 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2750 *
2751 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
42b2aa86 2752 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
04de8381
KV
2753 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2754 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2755 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2756 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2757 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2758 *
c1288b12
JB
2759 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2760 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
955394c9
JB
2761 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2762 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2763 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2764 *
2765 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2766 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2767 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2768 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2769 *
2770 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2771 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2772 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2773 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
b4f7f4ad 2774 *
955394c9
JB
2775 * - a list of information element IDs
2776 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2777 *
2778 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2779 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2780 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2781 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2782 * vendor information elements.
2783 *
2784 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2785 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2786 *
2787 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2788 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2789 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2790 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2791 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2792 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2793 *
2794 *
2795 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2796 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2797 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2798 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2799 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2800 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2801 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2802 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2803 *
2804 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2805 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2806 * signal strength threshold checking.
04de8381
KV
2807 */
2808
0f78231b
JB
2809/**
2810 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2811 *
2812 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2813 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2814 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2815 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2816 *
2817 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2818 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2819 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2820 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2821 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2822 * hardware flags.
2823 *
2824 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2825 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2826 * turned off otherwise.
2827 *
2828 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2829 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2830 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2831 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2832 */
2833
75a5f0cc
JB
2834/**
2835 * DOC: Frame filtering
2836 *
2837 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2838 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2839 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2840 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2841 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2842 *
2843 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2844 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2845 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2846 *
3ac64bee
JB
2847 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2848 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2849 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2850 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2851 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2852 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2853 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
75a5f0cc
JB
2854 *
2855 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2856 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2857 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2858 * or dropped.
2859 *
d0f5afbe
MB
2860 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2861 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2862 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2863 * the flag, but not clear it.
2864 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2865 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2866 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2867 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2868 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2869 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2870 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2871 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
4150c572 2872 */
75a5f0cc 2873
4b801bc9
JB
2874/**
2875 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2876 *
2877 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2878 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2879 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2880 *
2881 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2882 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2883 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2884 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2885 * the driver code.
2886 *
2887 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2888 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2889 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2890 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2891 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2892 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2893 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2894 *
2895 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2896 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2897 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2898 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2899 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2900 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2901 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2902 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2903 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2904 * @sta_notify callback.
2905 *
2906 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2907 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2908 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2909 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2910 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2911 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2912 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
02f2f1a9 2913 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
4b801bc9
JB
2914 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2915 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2916 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2917 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2918 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2919 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2920 *
02f2f1a9
JB
2921 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2922 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2923 *
4b801bc9
JB
2924 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2925 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2926 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2927 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2928 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2929 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2930 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2931 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2932 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2933 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2934 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2935 *
2936 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2937 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2938 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2939 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2940 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2941 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2942 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2943 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2944 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2945 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
e227867f 2946 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
4b801bc9
JB
2947 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2948 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2949 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2950 *
2951 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2952 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2953 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2954 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2955 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
e943789e 2956 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
4b801bc9
JB
2957 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2958 *
2959 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2960 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2961 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2962 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
e943789e 2963 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
b77cf4f8
JB
2964 *
2965 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
2966 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
2967 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
2968 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
4b801bc9
JB
2969 */
2970
3a25a8c8
JB
2971/**
2972 * DOC: HW queue control
2973 *
2974 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2975 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2976 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2977 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2978 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2979 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2980 *
2981 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2982 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2983 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2984 *
2985 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
2986 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
2987 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
2988 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
2989 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
2990 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
2991 * the hardware queue.
2992 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
2993 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
2994 *
2995 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
2996 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
2997 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
2998 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
2999 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
3000 *
3001 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
3002 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
3003 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
3004 * off-channel queue: 9
3005 *
3006 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
3007 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
3008 *
3009 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
3010 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
3011 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
3012 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
3013 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
3014 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3015 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
3016 *
3017 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
3018 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
3019 *
3020 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3021 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
3022 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
3023 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
3024 */
3025
75a5f0cc
JB
3026/**
3027 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
3028 *
3029 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
3030 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
3031 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
3032 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
3033 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3034 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
3035 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
3036 * multicast address.
3037 *
3038 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
3039 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
3040 *
3041 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
3042 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
3043 *
3044 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
3045 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
3046 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
3047 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
3048 * honour this flag if possible.
3049 *
df140465
JB
3050 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
3051 * station
75a5f0cc
JB
3052 *
3053 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
e3b90ca2 3054 *
c2d3955b 3055 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
7be5086d
JB
3056 *
3057 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
4150c572 3058 */
75a5f0cc 3059enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
75a5f0cc
JB
3060 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
3061 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
3062 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
3063 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
3064 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
3065 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
e3b90ca2 3066 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
7be5086d 3067 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
75a5f0cc
JB
3068};
3069
1b7d03ac
RR
3070/**
3071 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
3072 *
3073 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
3074 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
827d42c9
JB
3075 *
3076 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
3077 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
5d22c89b 3078 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
827d42c9
JB
3079 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
3080 *
18b559d5
JB
3081 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
3082 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
3083 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
b1720231 3084 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
18b559d5
JB
3085 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
3086 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
3087 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
3088 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
3089 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
3090 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
3091 * session is gone and removes the station.
3092 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
3093 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
3094 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
3095 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
1b7d03ac
RR
3096 */
3097enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
3098 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
3099 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
0df3ef45 3100 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
18b559d5
JB
3101 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
3102 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
3103 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
b1720231 3104 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
1b7d03ac 3105};
75a5f0cc 3106
50ea05ef
SS
3107/**
3108 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
3109 *
3110 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3111 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
3112 * @tid: tid of the BA session
3113 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
3114 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
3115 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
3116 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
3117 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
3118 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3119 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
3120 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3121 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
3122 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
3123 */
3124struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
3125 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
3126 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
3127 u16 tid;
3128 u16 ssn;
41cbb0f5 3129 u16 buf_size;
50ea05ef
SS
3130 bool amsdu;
3131 u16 timeout;
3132};
3133
4049e09a
JB
3134/**
3135 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
3136 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
47086fc5
JB
3137 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3138 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
4049e09a
JB
3139 */
3140enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3141 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
47086fc5 3142 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
4049e09a
JB
3143};
3144
8f727ef3
JB
3145/**
3146 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3147 *
3148 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
e1a0c6b3
JB
3149 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3150 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3151 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
8f727ef3 3152 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
e687f61e
AQ
3153 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3154 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3155 * the peer.
0af83d3d
JB
3156 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3157 * by the peer
8f727ef3
JB
3158 */
3159enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3160 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3161 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
e687f61e 3162 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
0af83d3d 3163 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
8f727ef3
JB
3164};
3165
d339d5ca
IP
3166/**
3167 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3168 *
3169 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3170 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
3171 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
3172 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3173 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3174 *
3175 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3176 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
3177 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
3178 */
3179enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3180 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3181 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3182};
3183
cf2c92d8
EP
3184/**
3185 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
3186 *
3187 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3188 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3189 *
3190 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3191 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3192 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3193 * of wowlan configuration)
3194 */
3195enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3196 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3197 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3198};
3199
75a5f0cc
JB
3200/**
3201 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3202 *
3203 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3204 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3205 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3206 *
3207 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3208 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3209 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
eefce91a 3210 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
11127e91 3211 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
11127e91 3212 * Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
3213 *
3214 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3215 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3216 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3217 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3218 * or zero.
3219 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3220 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3221 * is added.
e1781ed3 3222 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
3223 *
3224 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3225 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3226 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3227 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
42935eca
LR
3228 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3229 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
e1781ed3 3230 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3231 *
eecc4800
JB
3232 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3233 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3234 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3235 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3236 * reconfigured at resume time.
2b4562df
JB
3237 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3238 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3239 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3240 * must return 1 from this function.
eecc4800
JB
3241 *
3242 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3243 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3244 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3245 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3246 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3247 *
d13e1414
JB
3248 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3249 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3250 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3251 * in suspend().
3252 *
75a5f0cc 3253 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
e37d4dff 3254 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
75a5f0cc
JB
3255 * and @stop must be implemented.
3256 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3257 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3258 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3259 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3260 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
e1781ed3 3261 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3262 *
34d4bc4d
JB
3263 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3264 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3265 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3266 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3267 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3268 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3269 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3270 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3271 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3272 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3273 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3274 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3275 * MAC address of the device going away.
e1781ed3 3276 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
3277 *
3278 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3279 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
6dd1bf31 3280 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
e1781ed3 3281 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3282 *
471b3efd
JB
3283 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3284 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3285 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3286 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3287 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
e1781ed3
KV
3288 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3289 * can sleep.
471b3efd 3290 *
3ac64bee
JB
3291 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3292 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3293 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3294 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3295 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3296 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
e1781ed3 3297 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3298 *
1b09b556
AO
3299 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3300 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3301 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3302 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3303 * which flags are changed.
3304 * This callback can sleep.
3305 *
546c80c9 3306 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
17741cdc 3307 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
3308 *
3309 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
e1781ed3
KV
3310 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3311 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
dc822b5d 3312 * is enabled.
6dd1bf31 3313 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
e1781ed3 3314 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3315 *
9ae4fda3
EG
3316 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3317 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3318 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
eb807fb2 3319 * The callback must be atomic.
9ae4fda3 3320 *
c68f4b89
JB
3321 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3322 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3323 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3324 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3325 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3326 *
de5fad81
YD
3327 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3328 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3329 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3330 *
75a5f0cc 3331 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
8318d78a 3332 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
9050bdd8
KV
3333 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3334 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
de95a54b
JB
3335 * that power save is disabled.
3336 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3337 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3338 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3339 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3340 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3341 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3342 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
e9da68dd
JB
3343 * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
3344 * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
3345 * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
3346 * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
3347 * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
e1781ed3 3348 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3349 *
b856439b
EP
3350 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3351 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3352 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3353 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3354 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3355 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3356 * The callback can sleep.
3357 *
79f460ca
LC
3358 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3359 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3360 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3361 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3362 *
3363 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
37e3308c 3364 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
79f460ca 3365 *
80e775bf
MB
3366 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3367 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
a344d677
JB
3368 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3369 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3370 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3371 *
e1781ed3
KV
3372 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3373 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3374 * this notification.
3375 * The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3376 *
6dd1bf31
BC
3377 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3378 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
e1781ed3 3379 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3380 *
9352c19f
JB
3381 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3382 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3383 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
e1781ed3 3384 * The callback must be atomic.
75a5f0cc 3385 *
f23a4780 3386 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
f3fe4e93
SS
3387 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3388 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3389 * should be set as well.
f23a4780
AN
3390 * The callback can sleep.
3391 *
75a5f0cc 3392 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
e1781ed3 3393 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3394 *
34e89507
JB
3395 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3396 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3397 *
3398 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
6a9d1b91
JB
3399 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3400 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3401 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3402 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3403 * This callback can sleep.
34e89507 3404 *
77d2ece6
SM
3405 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3406 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
c7e9dbcf
JB
3407 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3408 * callback can sleep.
77d2ece6 3409 *
34e89507 3410 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
d057e5a3
AN
3411 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3412 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3413 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
4571d3bf 3414 *
f09603a2
JB
3415 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3416 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3417 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3418 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
6a9d1b91
JB
3419 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3420 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3421 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3422 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3423 * The callback can sleep.
3424 *
3425 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3426 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3427 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3428 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3429 * in @sta_state.
f09603a2
JB
3430 * The callback can sleep.
3431 *
8f727ef3
JB
3432 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3433 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3434 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3435 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3436 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3437 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3438 * Must be atomic.
f815e2b3
JB
3439 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3440 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3441 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
8f727ef3 3442 *
2b9a7e1b
JB
3443 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3444 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3445 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3446 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3447 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3448 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3449 * The callback can sleep.
3450 *
75a5f0cc 3451 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
fe3fa827 3452 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
6dd1bf31 3453 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
e1781ed3 3454 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3455 *
75a5f0cc 3456 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
3b5d665b 3457 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3458 * required function.
e1781ed3 3459 * The callback can sleep.
3b5d665b
AF
3460 *
3461 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
ad24b0da 3462 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3463 * required function.
e1781ed3 3464 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3465 *
354d381b
PT
3466 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3467 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3468 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3469 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3470 * The callback can sleep.
3471 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3472 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3473 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3474 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3475 * TSF synchronization.
e1781ed3 3476 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3477 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3478 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3479 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3480 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
6dd1bf31 3481 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
e1781ed3 3482 * The callback can sleep.
d3c990fb 3483 *
4e8998f0
RD
3484 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3485 *
1f87f7d3
JB
3486 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3487 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3488 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
e1781ed3 3489 * The callback can sleep.
aff89a9b 3490 *
310bc676
LT
3491 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3492 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
a4bcaf55
LB
3493 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3494 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3495 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
310bc676 3496 *
52981cd7
DS
3497 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3498 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
71063f0e 3499 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
a80f7c0b
JB
3500 *
3501 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
39ecc01d
JB
3502 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3503 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3504 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3505 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
77be2c54 3506 * Note that vif can be NULL.
39ecc01d 3507 * The callback can sleep.
5ce6e438
JB
3508 *
3509 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3510 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3511 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3512 * completion of the channel switch.
4e6cbfd0 3513 *
79b1c460
BR
3514 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3515 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3516 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3517 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3518 *
3519 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
4976b4eb
JB
3520 *
3521 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3522 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3523 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3524 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3525 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3526 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
196ac1c1 3527 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
196ac1c1
JB
3528 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3529 * must be accepted in this case.
3530 * This callback may sleep.
4976b4eb
JB
3531 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3532 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
38c09159
JL
3533 *
3534 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3535 *
3536 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
e8306f98
VN
3537 *
3538 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3539 * queues before entering power save.
bdbfd6b5
SM
3540 *
3541 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3542 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3543 * The callback can sleep.
a8182929
EG
3544 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3545 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
6382246e 3546 * The callback must be atomic.
4049e09a
JB
3547 *
3548 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3549 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3550 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3551 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
e227867f 3552 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
4049e09a
JB
3553 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3554 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3555 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3556 * more-data bit must always be set.
3557 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3558 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
deeaee19
JB
3559 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3560 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3561 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3562 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3563 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3564 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
4049e09a
JB
3565 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3566 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3567 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
47086fc5
JB
3568 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3569 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
37fbd908 3570 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
e943789e 3571 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
4049e09a 3572 * This callback must be atomic.
40b96408
JB
3573 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3574 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3575 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
02f2f1a9 3576 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
40b96408
JB
3577 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3578 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3579 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3580 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
37fbd908 3581 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
e943789e 3582 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
40b96408
JB
3583 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3584 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3585 * This callback must be atomic.
e352114f
BG
3586 *
3587 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3588 *
3589 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3590 *
3591 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3592 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3593 *
a1845fc7
JB
3594 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3595 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3596 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3597 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3598 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3599 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3600 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3601 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3602 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
94ba9271
IP
3603 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3604 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3605 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
a1845fc7
JB
3606 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3607 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
d4e36e55
IP
3608 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3609 * duration for which the operation is requested.
a1845fc7 3610 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
c3645eac 3611 *
ee10f2c7
AN
3612 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3613 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3614 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3615 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3616 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3617 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3618 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3619 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3620 *
c3645eac 3621 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
dcae9e02 3622 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac 3623 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
dcae9e02 3624 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3625 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3626 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3627 * channel context with different settings
dcae9e02 3628 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3629 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3630 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
dcae9e02 3631 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3632 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3633 * unbound from vif.
dcae9e02 3634 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13
LC
3635 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3636 * another, as specified in the list of
3637 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3638 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
dcae9e02 3639 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13 3640 *
1041638f
JB
3641 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3642 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3643 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3644 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3645 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3646 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3647 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
9214ad7f 3648 *
cf2c92d8
EP
3649 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3650 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3651 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3652 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3653 * This callback may sleep.
8f21b0ad 3654 *
a65240c1
JB
3655 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3656 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3657 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
73da7d5b
SW
3658 *
3659 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3660 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3661 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
66e01cf9 3662 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
73da7d5b
SW
3663 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3664 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
66e01cf9 3665 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
73da7d5b 3666 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
66e01cf9
LC
3667 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3668 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
6d027bcc
LC
3669 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3670 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
9332ef9d 3671 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
6d027bcc 3672 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
f1d65583
LC
3673 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3674 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3675 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
b9cc81d8
SS
3676 * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3677 * when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the
3678 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
fafd2bce
SS
3679 * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
3680 * when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
3681 * CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
55fff501
JB
3682 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3683 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3684 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3685 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
cca674d4
AQ
3686 *
3687 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3688 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3689 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
5b3dc42b
FF
3690 *
3691 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3692 * and hardware limits.
a7a6bdd0
AN
3693 *
3694 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3695 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3696 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3697 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3698 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3699 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3700 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3701 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3702 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
8a4d32f3
AN
3703 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3704 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3705 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3706 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3707 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3708 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3709 * the function call.
ba8c3d6f
FF
3710 *
3711 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
f59374eb
SS
3712 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3713 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3714 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3715 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
708d50ed
AB
3716 *
3717 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3718 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
5953ff6d
AB
3719 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3720 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3721 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3722 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3723 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3724 * changed parameters.
167e33f4
AB
3725 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3726 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3727 * this call.
3728 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3729 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3730 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
9739fe29
SS
3731 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
3732 * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
3733 * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
3734 * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
bc847970
PKC
3735 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3736 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
cee7013b
JB
3737 *
3738 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
3739 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
75a5f0cc 3740 */
f0706e82 3741struct ieee80211_ops {
36323f81
TH
3742 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3743 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3744 struct sk_buff *skb);
4150c572 3745 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4150c572 3746 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
eecc4800
JB
3747#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3748 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3749 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6d52563f 3750 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
eecc4800 3751#endif
f0706e82 3752 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3753 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
34d4bc4d
JB
3754 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3755 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2ca27bcf 3756 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
f0706e82 3757 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3758 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
e8975581 3759 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
471b3efd
JB
3760 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3761 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3762 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3763 u32 changed);
b2abb6e2 3764
1041638f
JB
3765 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3766 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3767
3ac64bee 3768 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
22bedad3 3769 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
4150c572
JB
3770 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3771 unsigned int changed_flags,
3772 unsigned int *total_flags,
3ac64bee 3773 u64 multicast);
1b09b556
AO
3774 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3775 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3776 unsigned int filter_flags,
3777 unsigned int changed_flags);
17741cdc
JB
3778 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3779 bool set);
ea49c359 3780 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
dc822b5d 3781 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
11a843b7 3782 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
9ae4fda3 3783 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
b3fbdcf4
JB
3784 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3785 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3786 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3787 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
c68f4b89
JB
3788 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3789 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3790 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
de5fad81
YD
3791 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3792 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
a060bbfe 3793 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
c56ef672 3794 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
b856439b
EP
3795 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3796 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
79f460ca
LC
3797 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3798 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3799 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
633e2713 3800 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
37e3308c 3801 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
79f460ca 3802 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
a344d677
JB
3803 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3804 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3805 const u8 *mac_addr);
3806 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3807 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82
JB
3808 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3809 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
9352c19f
JB
3810 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3811 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3812 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
f23a4780 3813 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
f0706e82 3814 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
34e89507
JB
3815 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3816 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3817 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3818 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
77d2ece6
SM
3819#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3820 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3821 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3822 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3823 struct dentry *dir);
77d2ece6 3824#endif
32bfd35d 3825 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc 3826 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
ba905bf4
ARN
3827 int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3828 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3829 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
f09603a2
JB
3830 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3831 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3832 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3833 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
6a9d1b91
JB
3834 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3835 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3836 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8f727ef3
JB
3837 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3838 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3839 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3840 u32 changed);
f815e2b3
JB
3841 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3842 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3843 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
2b9a7e1b
JB
3844 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3845 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3846 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3847 struct station_info *sinfo);
8a3a3c85 3848 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a3304b0a 3849 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
f0706e82 3850 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
37a41b4a
EP
3851 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3852 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3853 u64 tsf);
354d381b
PT
3854 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3855 s64 offset);
37a41b4a 3856 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 3857 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
57eeb208
JB
3858
3859 /**
3860 * @ampdu_action:
3861 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
3862 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3863 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
3864 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3865 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
3866 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
3867 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3868 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3869 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3870 *
3871 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
3872 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
3873 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
3874 *
3875 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3876 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3877 *
3878 * - ``TX: 1 or``
3879 * - ``TX: 18 or``
3880 * - ``TX: 81``
3881 *
3882 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3883 *
3884 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
3885 * The callback can sleep.
3886 */
1b7d03ac 3887 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
c951ad35 3888 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
50ea05ef 3889 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
1289723e
HS
3890 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3891 struct survey_info *survey);
1f87f7d3 3892 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
a4bcaf55 3893 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
aff89a9b 3894#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
52981cd7
DS
3895 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3896 void *data, int len);
71063f0e
WYG
3897 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3898 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3899 void *data, int len);
aff89a9b 3900#endif
77be2c54
EG
3901 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3902 u32 queues, bool drop);
5ce6e438 3903 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
0f791eb4 3904 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5ce6e438 3905 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
15d96753
BR
3906 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3907 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
21f83589
JB
3908
3909 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
49884568 3910 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
21f83589 3911 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
d339d5ca
IP
3912 int duration,
3913 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
5db4c4b9
EG
3914 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3915 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
38c09159
JL
3916 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3917 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3918 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
e8306f98 3919 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
bdbfd6b5
SM
3920 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3921 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
a8182929
EG
3922 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3923 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3924 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
4049e09a 3925
40b96408
JB
3926 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3927 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3928 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3929 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3930 bool more_data);
4049e09a
JB
3931 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3932 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3933 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3934 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3935 bool more_data);
e352114f
BG
3936
3937 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3938 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
3939 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3940 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3941 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
3942 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3943 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3944 u32 sset, u8 *data);
a1845fc7
JB
3945
3946 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
d4e36e55
IP
3947 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3948 u16 duration);
c3645eac 3949
ee10f2c7
AN
3950 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3951 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3952
c3645eac
MK
3953 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3954 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3955 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3956 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3957 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3958 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
3959 u32 changed);
3960 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3961 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3962 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3963 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3964 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3965 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
1a5f0c13
LC
3966 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3967 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
3968 int n_vifs,
3969 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
9214ad7f 3970
cf2c92d8
EP
3971 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3972 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
a65240c1
JB
3973
3974#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
3975 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3976 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3977 struct inet6_dev *idev);
3978#endif
73da7d5b
SW
3979 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3980 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3981 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
6d027bcc
LC
3982 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3983 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3984 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
55fff501 3985
f1d65583
LC
3986 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3987 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
b9cc81d8
SS
3988 void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3989 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
fafd2bce
SS
3990 void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3991 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3992 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
f1d65583 3993
55fff501
JB
3994 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3995 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
2439ca04
MA
3996 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3997 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
5b3dc42b
FF
3998 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3999 int *dbm);
a7a6bdd0
AN
4000
4001 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4002 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4003 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
4004 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8a4d32f3 4005 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
a7a6bdd0
AN
4006 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4007 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4008 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8a4d32f3
AN
4009 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4010 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4011 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
ba8c3d6f 4012
e7881bd5
JB
4013 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4014 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f59374eb 4015 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
708d50ed
AB
4016
4017 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4018 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4019 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4020 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4021 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5953ff6d
AB
4022 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4023 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4024 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
167e33f4
AB
4025 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4026 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4027 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4028 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4029 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4030 u8 instance_id);
9739fe29
SS
4031 bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4032 struct sk_buff *head,
4033 struct sk_buff *skb);
bc847970
PKC
4034 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4035 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4036 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
cee7013b
JB
4037 int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4038 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4039 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4040 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
f0706e82
JB
4041};
4042
75a5f0cc 4043/**
ad28757e 4044 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
75a5f0cc
JB
4045 *
4046 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4047 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4048 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4049 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4050 * @priv_data_len.
4051 *
4052 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4053 * @ops: callbacks for this device
ad28757e
BG
4054 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
4055 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
0ae997dc
YB
4056 *
4057 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
f0706e82 4058 */
ad28757e
BG
4059struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
4060 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
4061 const char *requested_name);
4062
4063/**
4064 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
4065 *
4066 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4067 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4068 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4069 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4070 * @priv_data_len.
4071 *
4072 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4073 * @ops: callbacks for this device
4074 *
4075 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
4076 */
4077static inline
f0706e82 4078struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
ad28757e
BG
4079 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
4080{
4081 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
4082}
f0706e82 4083
75a5f0cc
JB
4084/**
4085 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
4086 *
dbbea671
JB
4087 * You must call this function before any other functions in
4088 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
4089 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
75a5f0cc
JB
4090 *
4091 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
0ae997dc
YB
4092 *
4093 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
75a5f0cc 4094 */
f0706e82
JB
4095int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4096
e1e54068
JB
4097/**
4098 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
4099 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
4100 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
4101 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
4102 */
4103struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
4104 int throughput;
4105 int blink_time;
4106};
4107
67408c8c
JB
4108/**
4109 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
4110 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
4111 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
4112 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
4113 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
4114 */
4115enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
4116 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
4117 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
4118 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
4119};
4120
f0706e82 4121#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
f5c4ae07
JB
4122const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4123const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4124const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4125const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4126const char *
4127__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4128 unsigned int flags,
4129 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4130 unsigned int blink_table_len);
f0706e82 4131#endif
75a5f0cc
JB
4132/**
4133 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
4134 *
4135 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4136 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4137 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4138 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4139 *
4140 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4141 *
4142 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 4143 */
f5c4ae07 4144static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
4145{
4146#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4147 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
4148#else
4149 return NULL;
4150#endif
4151}
4152
75a5f0cc
JB
4153/**
4154 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
4155 *
4156 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4157 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4158 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4159 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4160 *
4161 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4162 *
4163 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 4164 */
f5c4ae07 4165static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
4166{
4167#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4168 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
4169#else
4170 return NULL;
4171#endif
4172}
4173
cdcb006f
ID
4174/**
4175 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4176 *
4177 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4178 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4179 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4180 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4181 *
4182 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4183 *
4184 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 4185 */
f5c4ae07 4186static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
47f0c502
MB
4187{
4188#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4189 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4190#else
4191 return NULL;
4192#endif
4193}
4194
cdcb006f
ID
4195/**
4196 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4197 *
4198 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4199 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4200 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4201 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4202 *
4203 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4204 *
4205 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 4206 */
f5c4ae07 4207static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
cdcb006f
ID
4208{
4209#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4210 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4211#else
4212 return NULL;
4213#endif
4214}
47f0c502 4215
e1e54068
JB
4216/**
4217 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4218 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
67408c8c 4219 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
e1e54068
JB
4220 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4221 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4222 *
0ae997dc
YB
4223 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4224 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4225 *
4226 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
e1e54068 4227 */
f5c4ae07 4228static inline const char *
67408c8c 4229ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
e1e54068
JB
4230 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4231 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4232{
4233#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
67408c8c 4234 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
e1e54068
JB
4235 blink_table_len);
4236#else
4237 return NULL;
4238#endif
4239}
4240
75a5f0cc
JB
4241/**
4242 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4243 *
4244 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4245 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4246 *
4247 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4248 */
f0706e82
JB
4249void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4250
75a5f0cc
JB
4251/**
4252 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4253 *
4254 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4255 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
6ef307bc 4256 * before calling this function.
75a5f0cc
JB
4257 *
4258 * @hw: the hardware to free
4259 */
f0706e82
JB
4260void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4261
f2753ddb
JB
4262/**
4263 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4264 *
4265 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4266 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4267 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4268 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4269 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4270 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4271 *
4272 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4273 */
4274void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4275
06d181a8 4276/**
af9f9b22 4277 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 4278 *
af9f9b22
JB
4279 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4280 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4281 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4282 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4283 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4284 *
4285 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4286 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4287 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4288 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4289 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4290 *
4291 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4292 *
4293 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
d63b548f 4294 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
af9f9b22
JB
4295 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4296 * @napi: the NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 4297 */
d63b548f
JB
4298void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4299 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
4e6cbfd0 4300
75a5f0cc
JB
4301/**
4302 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4303 *
4304 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
e3cf8b3f
ZY
4305 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4306 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4307 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4308 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
75a5f0cc 4309 *
2485f710 4310 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
e36e49f7
KV
4311 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4312 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
f6b3d85f
FF
4313 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4314 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc 4315 *
e36e49f7 4316 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
d20ef63d 4317 *
75a5f0cc
JB
4318 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4319 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4320 */
af9f9b22
JB
4321static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4322{
d63b548f 4323 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
af9f9b22 4324}
75a5f0cc
JB
4325
4326/**
4327 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4328 *
4329 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
2485f710
JB
4330 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4331 *
e36e49f7 4332 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
f6b3d85f
FF
4333 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4334 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc
JB
4335 *
4336 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4337 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4338 */
f1d58c25 4339void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4340
e36e49f7
KV
4341/**
4342 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4343 *
4344 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4345 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4346 *
4347 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
f6b3d85f
FF
4348 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4349 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
e36e49f7
KV
4350 *
4351 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4352 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4353 */
4354static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4355 struct sk_buff *skb)
4356{
4357 local_bh_disable();
4358 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4359 local_bh_enable();
4360}
4361
d057e5a3
AN
4362/**
4363 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4364 *
4365 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4366 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4367 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4368 *
4369 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4370 *
4371 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4372 * each other.
4373 *
d057e5a3
AN
4374 * @sta: currently connected sta
4375 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4376 *
4377 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
d057e5a3
AN
4378 */
4379int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4380
4381/**
4382 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4383 * (in process context)
4384 *
4385 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4386 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4387 * applies.
4388 *
4389 * @sta: currently connected sta
4390 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4391 *
4392 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
d057e5a3
AN
4393 */
4394static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4395 bool start)
4396{
4397 int ret;
4398
4399 local_bh_disable();
4400 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4401 local_bh_enable();
4402
4403 return ret;
4404}
4405
46fa38e8
JB
4406/**
4407 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4408 * @sta: currently connected station
4409 *
4410 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4411 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4412 * connected station was received.
4413 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4414 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4415 * be serialized.
4416 */
4417void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4418
4419/**
4420 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4421 * @sta: currently connected station
4422 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4423 *
4424 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4425 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4426 * from a connected station was received.
4427 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4428 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4429 * serialized.
0aa419ec
EG
4430 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4431 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4432 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4433 * checks.
46fa38e8
JB
4434 */
4435void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4436
d24deb25
GW
4437/*
4438 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4439 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4440 */
651b9920 4441#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
d24deb25 4442
dcf55fb5 4443/**
042ec453 4444 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
bdfbe804 4445 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
042ec453
JB
4446 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4447 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
dcf55fb5
FF
4448 *
4449 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
042ec453
JB
4450 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4451 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
4452 *
4453 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4454 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4455 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4456 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4457 *
4458 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4459 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4460 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4461 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4462 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4463 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4464 *
4465 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4466 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4467 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4468 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4469 * use this API.
4470 */
4471void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4472 u8 tid, bool buffered);
dcf55fb5 4473
0d528d85
FF
4474/**
4475 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4476 *
4477 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4478 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4479 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4480 *
4481 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4482 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4483 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4484 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4485 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4486 */
4487void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4488 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4489 struct sk_buff *skb,
4490 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4491 int max_rates);
4492
484a54c2
THJ
4493/**
4494 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4495 *
4496 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4497 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4498 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4499 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4500 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4501 * slow stations to starve).
4502 *
4503 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4504 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4505 */
4506void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4507 u32 thr);
4508
f8252e7b
AK
4509/**
4510 * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
4511 *
4512 * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
4513 * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
4514 * in updating the tx rate in data path.
4515 *
4516 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4517 * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
4518 * @info: tx status information
4519 */
4520void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4521 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4522 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4523
75a5f0cc
JB
4524/**
4525 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4526 *
4527 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4528 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4529 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4530 *
2485f710
JB
4531 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4532 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
20ed3166 4533 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
f6b3d85f
FF
4534 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4535 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
2485f710 4536 *
75a5f0cc
JB
4537 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4538 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4539 */
f0706e82 4540void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4541 struct sk_buff *skb);
2485f710 4542
5fe49a9d
FF
4543/**
4544 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4545 *
4546 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4547 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4548 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4549 *
4550 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4551 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4552 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4553 *
4554 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4555 * @status: tx status information
4556 */
4557void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4558 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4559
f027c2ac
FF
4560/**
4561 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4562 *
4563 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4564 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4565 * specific skbs.
4566 *
4567 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4568 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4569 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4570 *
4571 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4572 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4573 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4574 * @info: tx status information
4575 */
5fe49a9d
FF
4576static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4577 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4578 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4579{
4580 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4581 .sta = sta,
4582 .info = info,
4583 };
4584
4585 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4586}
f027c2ac 4587
20ed3166
JS
4588/**
4589 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4590 *
4591 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4592 *
4593 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4594 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4595 * for a single hardware.
4596 *
4597 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4598 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4599 */
4600static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4601 struct sk_buff *skb)
4602{
4603 local_bh_disable();
4604 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4605 local_bh_enable();
4606}
4607
2485f710 4608/**
6ef307bc 4609 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
2485f710
JB
4610 *
4611 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4612 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4613 *
20ed3166
JS
4614 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4615 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
2485f710
JB
4616 *
4617 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4618 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
2485f710 4619 */
f0706e82 4620void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4621 struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4622
8178d38b
AN
4623/**
4624 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4625 *
4626 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4627 * connected STA.
4628 *
4629 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4630 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4631 */
4632void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4633
1af586c9
AO
4634#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4635
6ec8c332
AO
4636/**
4637 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4638 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4639 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
8d77ec85
LC
4640 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4641 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4642 * should be ignored.
6ec8c332
AO
4643 */
4644struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4645 u16 tim_offset;
4646 u16 tim_length;
1af586c9
AO
4647
4648 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
6ec8c332
AO
4649};
4650
4651/**
4652 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4653 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4654 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4655 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4656 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4657 *
4658 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4659 * obtain the beacon template.
4660 *
4661 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4662 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
1af586c9
AO
4663 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4664 * applicable, the CSA count.
6ec8c332
AO
4665 *
4666 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4667 *
4668 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4669 */
4670struct sk_buff *
4671ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4672 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4673 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4674
f0706e82 4675/**
eddcbb94 4676 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
f0706e82 4677 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4678 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4679 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4680 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4681 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4682 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4683 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4684 *
4685 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
6ec8c332 4686 * obtain the beacon frame.
f0706e82
JB
4687 *
4688 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
eddcbb94 4689 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
6ec8c332
AO
4690 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4691 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
eddcbb94
JB
4692 *
4693 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
0ae997dc
YB
4694 *
4695 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
eddcbb94
JB
4696 */
4697struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4698 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4699 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4700
4701/**
4702 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4703 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4704 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4705 *
4706 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
0ae997dc
YB
4707 *
4708 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
f0706e82 4709 */
eddcbb94
JB
4710static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4711 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4712{
4713 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4714}
f0706e82 4715
1af586c9
AO
4716/**
4717 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4718 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4719 *
4720 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4721 * This function is called implicitly when
4722 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4723 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4724 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4725 *
4726 * Return: new csa counter value
4727 */
4728u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4729
03737001
GG
4730/**
4731 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
4732 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4733 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4734 *
4735 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
4736 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4737 *
4738 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
4739 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4740 */
4741void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
4742
73da7d5b
SW
4743/**
4744 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4745 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4746 *
4747 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
66e01cf9 4748 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
73da7d5b
SW
4749 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4750 */
4751void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4752
4753/**
66e01cf9 4754 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
73da7d5b
SW
4755 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4756 *
4757 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4758 */
4759bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4760
4761
02945821
AN
4762/**
4763 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4764 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4765 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4766 *
4767 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4768 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4769 *
4770 * Can only be called in AP mode.
0ae997dc
YB
4771 *
4772 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
02945821
AN
4773 */
4774struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4775 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4776
7044cc56
KV
4777/**
4778 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4779 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4780 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4781 *
4782 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4783 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4784 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4785 *
4786 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4787 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
0ae997dc
YB
4788 *
4789 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4790 */
4791struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4792 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4793
4794/**
4795 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4796 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4797 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
7b6ddeaf
JB
4798 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
4799 * if at all possible
7044cc56
KV
4800 *
4801 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4802 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4803 * BSSID and address is used.
4804 *
7b6ddeaf
JB
4805 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
4806 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
4807 *
7044cc56
KV
4808 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4809 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
0ae997dc
YB
4810 *
4811 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4812 */
4813struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
7b6ddeaf
JB
4814 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4815 bool qos_ok);
7044cc56 4816
05e54ea6
KV
4817/**
4818 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4819 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
a344d677 4820 * @src_addr: source MAC address
05e54ea6
KV
4821 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4822 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
b9a9ada1 4823 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
05e54ea6
KV
4824 *
4825 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4826 * hardware.
0ae997dc
YB
4827 *
4828 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
05e54ea6
KV
4829 */
4830struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a344d677 4831 const u8 *src_addr,
05e54ea6 4832 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
b9a9ada1 4833 size_t tailroom);
05e54ea6 4834
f0706e82
JB
4835/**
4836 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4837 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4838 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4839 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4840 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4841 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4842 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4843 *
4844 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4845 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4846 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4847 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4848 */
32bfd35d 4849void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4850 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4851 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4852 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4853
4854/**
4855 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4856 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4857 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4858 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
e039fa4a 4859 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4860 *
4861 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4862 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4863 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4864 *
4865 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4866 */
32bfd35d
JB
4867__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4868 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4869 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4870
4871/**
4872 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4873 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4874 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4875 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4876 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4877 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4878 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4879 *
4880 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4881 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4882 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4883 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4884 */
32bfd35d
JB
4885void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4886 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4887 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4888 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4889 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4890
4891/**
4892 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4893 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4894 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4895 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
e039fa4a 4896 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4897 *
4898 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4899 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4900 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4901 *
4902 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4903 */
32bfd35d
JB
4904__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4905 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4906 size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4907 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4908
4909/**
4910 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
4911 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4912 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
d13e1414 4913 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
f0706e82 4914 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
8318d78a 4915 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
f0706e82
JB
4916 *
4917 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
4918 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
0ae997dc
YB
4919 *
4920 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4921 */
32bfd35d
JB
4922__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4923 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
57fbcce3 4924 enum nl80211_band band,
f0706e82 4925 size_t frame_len,
8318d78a 4926 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
f0706e82
JB
4927
4928/**
4929 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
4930 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4931 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4932 *
4933 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
4934 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
4935 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
4936 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
0ae997dc
YB
4937 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
4938 *
4939 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
4940 * frames are available.
f0706e82
JB
4941 *
4942 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
4943 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
4944 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
4945 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
4946 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
4947 * use common code for all beacons.
4948 */
4949struct sk_buff *
e039fa4a 4950ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 4951
42d98795
JB
4952/**
4953 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
4954 *
4955 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
4956 *
4957 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4958 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4959 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4960 */
4961void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4962 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4963
5d2cdcd4 4964/**
523b02ea
JB
4965 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
4966 *
4967 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
4968 * from the given packet.
4969 *
4970 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4971 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
4972 * with this P1K
4973 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4974 */
42d98795
JB
4975static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4976 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
4977{
4978 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
4979 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
4980 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
4981
4982 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
4983}
523b02ea 4984
8bca5d81
JB
4985/**
4986 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
4987 *
4988 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
4989 * and transmitter address.
4990 *
4991 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4992 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
4993 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4994 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4995 */
4996void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4997 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4998
523b02ea
JB
4999/**
5000 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5d2cdcd4 5001 *
523b02ea
JB
5002 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
5003 * in the packet.
5d2cdcd4
EG
5004 *
5005 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
523b02ea
JB
5006 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
5007 * encrypted with this key
5008 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5d2cdcd4 5009 */
523b02ea
JB
5010void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5011 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
c68f4b89 5012
f8079d43
EP
5013/**
5014 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
5015 *
5016 * @pos: start of crypto header
5017 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5018 * @pn: PN to add
5019 *
5020 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
5021 * the packet payload)
5022 *
5023 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
5024 * point to the crypto header)
5025 */
5026u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
5027
3ea542d3
JB
5028/**
5029 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
5030 *
5031 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 5032 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
3ea542d3
JB
5033 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5034 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5035 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
5036 *
5037 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
5038 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
5039 * by the device and not by mac80211.
5040 *
5041 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5042 * can be done concurrently.
5043 */
5044void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5045 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5046
27b3eb9c
JB
5047/**
5048 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
5049 *
5050 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 5051 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
27b3eb9c
JB
5052 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5053 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5054 * @seq: new sequence data
5055 *
5056 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
5057 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
5058 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
5059 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
5060 *
5061 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5062 * can be done concurrently.
5063 */
5064void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5065 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5066
5067/**
5068 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
5069 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5070 *
5071 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
5072 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
5073 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
5074 *
5075 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
5076 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
5077 */
5078void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5079
5080/**
5081 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
5082 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
5083 * @keyconf: new key data
5084 *
5085 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
5086 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
5087 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
5088 *
5089 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
5090 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
5091 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
5092 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
5093 *
5094 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
5095 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
5096 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
5097 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
5098 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
5099 * of the reconfiguration.
5100 *
5101 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
5102 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
5103 *
5104 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
5105 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
5106 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
5107 * the key that's being replaced.
5108 */
5109struct ieee80211_key_conf *
5110ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5111 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5112
c68f4b89
JB
5113/**
5114 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
5115 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
5116 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
5117 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
5118 * @gfp: allocation flags
5119 */
5120void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
5121 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5122
f0706e82
JB
5123/**
5124 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
5125 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5126 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5127 *
5128 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5129 */
5130void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5131
5132/**
5133 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
5134 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5135 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5136 *
5137 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5138 */
5139void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5140
92ab8535
TW
5141/**
5142 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
5143 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5144 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5145 *
5146 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
0ae997dc
YB
5147 *
5148 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
92ab8535
TW
5149 */
5150
5151int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5152
f0706e82
JB
5153/**
5154 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
5155 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5156 *
5157 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5158 */
5159void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5160
5161/**
5162 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
5163 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5164 *
5165 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5166 */
5167void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5168
75a5f0cc
JB
5169/**
5170 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
5171 *
5172 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
5173 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
8789d459
JB
5174 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
5175 * any context, including hardirq context.
75a5f0cc
JB
5176 *
5177 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
7947d3e0 5178 * @info: information about the completed scan
75a5f0cc 5179 */
7947d3e0
AS
5180void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5181 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
f0706e82 5182
79f460ca
LC
5183/**
5184 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
5185 *
5186 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
5187 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
5188 *
5189 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5190 */
5191void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5192
5193/**
5194 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5195 *
5196 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5197 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5198 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5199 * while associating, for instance.
5200 *
5201 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5202 */
5203void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5204
8b2c9824
JB
5205/**
5206 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5207 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5208 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5209 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5210 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5211 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5212 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5213 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
3384d757 5214 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
8b2c9824
JB
5215 */
5216enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5217 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5218 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
3384d757 5219 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
8b2c9824
JB
5220};
5221
3384d757
AN
5222/**
5223 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5224 *
5225 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5226 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5227 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5228 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5229 *
5230 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5231 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5232 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5233 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5234 */
5235void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5236 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5237 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5238 void *data);
5239
dabeb344 5240/**
6ef307bc 5241 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
dabeb344
JB
5242 *
5243 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5244 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
2f561feb
ID
5245 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5246 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5247 * be used.
8b2c9824 5248 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
dabeb344
JB
5249 *
5250 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 5251 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb 5252 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
dabeb344
JB
5253 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5254 */
3384d757
AN
5255static inline void
5256ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5257 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5258 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5259 void *data)
5260{
5261 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5262 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5263 iterator, data);
5264}
dabeb344 5265
2f561feb
ID
5266/**
5267 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5268 *
5269 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5270 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5271 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5272 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
8b2c9824 5273 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
2f561feb
ID
5274 *
5275 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 5276 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb
ID
5277 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5278 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5279 */
5280void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
8b2c9824 5281 u32 iter_flags,
2f561feb
ID
5282 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5283 u8 *mac,
5284 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5285 void *data);
5286
c7c71066
JB
5287/**
5288 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
5289 *
5290 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5291 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5292 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5293 *
5294 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5295 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5296 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5297 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5298 */
5299void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5300 u32 iter_flags,
5301 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5302 u8 *mac,
5303 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5304 void *data);
5305
0fc1e049
AN
5306/**
5307 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5308 *
5309 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5310 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5311 * function for them.
5312 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5313 *
5314 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5315 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5316 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5317 */
5318void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5319 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5320 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5321 void *data);
42935eca
LR
5322/**
5323 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5324 *
5325 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5326 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5327 *
5328 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5329 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5330 */
5331void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5332
5333/**
5334 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5335 *
5336 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5337 * workqueue.
5338 *
5339 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5340 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5341 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5342 */
5343void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5344 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5345 unsigned long delay);
5346
0df3ef45
RR
5347/**
5348 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
c951ad35 5349 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
0df3ef45 5350 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
bd2ce6e4 5351 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
ea2d8b59
RD
5352 *
5353 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
0df3ef45
RR
5354 *
5355 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5356 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5357 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5358 */
bd2ce6e4
SM
5359int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5360 u16 timeout);
0df3ef45 5361
0df3ef45
RR
5362/**
5363 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
1ed32e4f 5364 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
5365 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5366 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5367 *
5368 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
5369 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5370 * from any context.
0df3ef45 5371 */
c951ad35 5372void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
5373 u16 tid);
5374
5375/**
5376 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
c951ad35 5377 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
0df3ef45 5378 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
ea2d8b59 5379 *
6a8579d0 5380 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
0df3ef45
RR
5381 *
5382 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5383 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5384 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5385 */
6a8579d0 5386int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
0df3ef45 5387
0df3ef45
RR
5388/**
5389 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
1ed32e4f 5390 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
5391 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5392 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5393 *
5394 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
5395 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5396 * can be called from any context.
0df3ef45 5397 */
c951ad35 5398void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
5399 u16 tid);
5400
17741cdc
JB
5401/**
5402 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5403 *
5ed176e1 5404 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
17741cdc
JB
5405 * @addr: station's address
5406 *
0ae997dc
YB
5407 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5408 *
5409 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
17741cdc
JB
5410 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5411 */
5ed176e1 5412struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc
JB
5413 const u8 *addr);
5414
5ed176e1 5415/**
686b9cb9 5416 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
5ed176e1
JB
5417 *
5418 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
686b9cb9
BG
5419 * @addr: remote station's address
5420 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
5ed176e1 5421 *
0ae997dc
YB
5422 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5423 *
5424 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
5ed176e1
JB
5425 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5426 *
686b9cb9
BG
5427 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5428 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5429 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5430 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5431 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5432 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5433 * is not reliable.
5ed176e1 5434 *
686b9cb9 5435 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
5ed176e1 5436 */
686b9cb9
BG
5437struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5438 const u8 *addr,
5439 const u8 *localaddr);
5ed176e1 5440
af818581
JB
5441/**
5442 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5443 * @hw: the hardware
5444 * @pubsta: the station
5445 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5446 *
5447 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5448 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5449 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5450 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5451 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5452 *
5453 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5454 * manner.
5455 *
5456 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5457 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5458 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5459 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5460 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5461 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5462 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5463 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5464 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5465 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5466 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5467 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5468 * woke up while blocked or not.
5469 */
5470void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5471 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5472
37fbd908
JB
5473/**
5474 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5475 * @pubsta: the station
5476 *
5477 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5478 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5479 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5480 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5481 *
e943789e
JB
5482 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5483 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5484 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5485 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5486 *
5487 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5488 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5489 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5490 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
37fbd908 5491 */
e943789e 5492void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
37fbd908 5493
0ead2510
EG
5494/**
5495 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5496 * @pubsta: the station
5497 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5498 *
5499 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5500 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5501 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5502 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5503 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5504 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5505 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5506 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5507 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5508 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5509 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5510 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5511 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5512 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5513 */
5514void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5515
b4809e94
THJ
5516/**
5517 * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
5518 *
5519 * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver can call
5520 * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
5521 * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
5522 * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
5523 *
5524 * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
5525 * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
5526 * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
5527 * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
5528 * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
5529 * attempts.
5530 *
5531 * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
5532 * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
5533 * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
5534 * them to 0.
5535 *
5536 * @pubsta: the station
5537 * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
5538 * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
5539 * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
5540 */
5541void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5542 u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
5543
830af02f
JB
5544/**
5545 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5546 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5547 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5548 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5549 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5550 *
5551 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5552 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5553 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5554 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5555 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5556 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
f850e00f
JB
5557 *
5558 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5559 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5560 * set_key callback.
830af02f
JB
5561 */
5562void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5563 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5564 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5565 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5566 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5567 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5568 void *data),
5569 void *iter_data);
5570
ef044763
EP
5571/**
5572 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5573 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5574 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5575 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5576 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5577 *
5578 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5579 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5580 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5581 * in removal process will be skipped.
5582 *
5583 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5584 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5585 */
5586void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5587 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5588 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5589 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5590 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5591 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5592 void *data),
5593 void *iter_data);
5594
3448c005
JB
5595/**
5596 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
5597 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5598 * @iter: iterator function
5599 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5600 *
5601 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5602 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5603 * places while calling into the driver.
5604 *
5605 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5606 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5607 * removed.
8a61af65
JB
5608 *
5609 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5610 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5611 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5612 * or not.
3448c005
JB
5613 */
5614void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5615 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5616 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5617 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5618 void *data),
5619 void *iter_data);
5620
a619a4c0
JO
5621/**
5622 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5623 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5624 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5625 *
5626 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5627 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5628 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5629 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5630 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
0ae997dc
YB
5631 * %NULL.
5632 *
5633 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
a619a4c0
JO
5634 */
5635struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5636 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5637
04de8381
KV
5638/**
5639 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5640 *
1ed32e4f 5641 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
04de8381 5642 *
c1288b12 5643 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
1e4dcd01 5644 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
04de8381
KV
5645 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5646 */
5647void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4b7679a5 5648
1e4dcd01
JO
5649/**
5650 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5651 *
5652 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5653 *
c1288b12 5654 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
1e4dcd01
JO
5655 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5656 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
682bd38b
JB
5657 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5658 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
1e4dcd01
JO
5659 *
5660 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5661 * without connection recovery attempts.
5662 */
5663void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5664
95acac61
JB
5665/**
5666 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5667 *
5668 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5669 *
5670 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5671 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5672 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5673 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5674 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5675 *
5676 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5677 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5678 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5679 * disconnect normally later.
5680 *
5681 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5682 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5683 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5684 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5685 */
5686void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f90754c1 5687
a97c13c3
JO
5688/**
5689 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5690 * rssi threshold triggered
5691 *
5692 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5693 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
769f07d8 5694 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
a97c13c3
JO
5695 * @gfp: context flags
5696 *
ea086359 5697 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
a97c13c3
JO
5698 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5699 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5700 */
5701void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5702 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
769f07d8 5703 s32 rssi_level,
a97c13c3
JO
5704 gfp_t gfp);
5705
98f03342
JB
5706/**
5707 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5708 *
5709 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5710 * @gfp: context flags
5711 */
5712void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5713
164eb02d
SW
5714/**
5715 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5716 *
5717 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5718 */
5719void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5720
5ce6e438
JB
5721/**
5722 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5723 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5724 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5725 *
5726 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5727 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5728 */
5729void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5730
d1f5b7a3
JB
5731/**
5732 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5733 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
633dd1ea 5734 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
d1f5b7a3
JB
5735 *
5736 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5737 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5738 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5739 */
5740void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5741 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5742
21f83589
JB
5743/**
5744 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5745 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5746 */
5747void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5748
5749/**
5750 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5751 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5752 */
5753void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5754
f41ccd71
SL
5755/**
5756 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5757 *
5758 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5759 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5760 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5761 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5762 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5763 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5764 *
5765 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5766 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5767 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5768 */
5769void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5770 const u8 *addr);
5771
06470f74
SS
5772/**
5773 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5774 * @pubsta: station struct
5775 * @tid: the session's TID
5776 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5777 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5778 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5779 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5780 *
5781 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5782 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5783 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5784 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5785 */
5786void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5787 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5788 u16 received_mpdus);
5789
8c771244
FF
5790/**
5791 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5792 *
5793 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5794 * buffer.
5795 *
5796 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5797 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5798 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5799 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5800 */
5801void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5802
1272c5d8
LC
5803/**
5804 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
5805 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5806 * @addr: station mac address
5807 * @tid: the rx tid
5808 */
699cb58c 5809void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
1272c5d8 5810 unsigned int tid);
699cb58c 5811
08cf42e8
MK
5812/**
5813 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5814 *
5815 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5816 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5817 * reordering.
5818 *
5819 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5820 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5821 *
5822 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5823 * @addr: station mac address
5824 * @tid: the rx tid
5825 */
699cb58c
JB
5826static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5827 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5828{
5829 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5830 return;
5831 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
5832}
08cf42e8
MK
5833
5834/**
5835 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5836 *
5837 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5838 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5839 * reordering.
5840 *
5841 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5842 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5843 *
5844 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5845 * @addr: station mac address
5846 * @tid: the rx tid
5847 */
699cb58c
JB
5848static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5849 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5850{
5851 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5852 return;
5853 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
5854}
08cf42e8 5855
04c2cf34
NG
5856/**
5857 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
5858 *
5859 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
5860 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
5861 *
5862 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
5863 *
5864 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5865 * @addr: station mac address
5866 * @tid: the rx tid
5867 */
5868void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5869 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
5870
4b7679a5 5871/* Rate control API */
e6a9854b 5872
4b7679a5 5873/**
e6a9854b
JB
5874 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
5875 *
5876 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5877 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5878 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
f44d4eb5
SW
5879 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5880 * to be filled in
e6a9854b
JB
5881 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5882 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5883 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5884 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5885 * RTS threshold
5886 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
5887 * if the selected rate supports it
f44d4eb5 5888 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
2ffbe6d3 5889 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
8f0729b1 5890 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
e6a9854b
JB
5891 */
5892struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
5893 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
5894 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
5895 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
5896 struct sk_buff *skb;
5897 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
5898 bool rts, short_preamble;
37eb0b16 5899 u32 rate_idx_mask;
2ffbe6d3 5900 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
8f0729b1 5901 bool bss;
4b7679a5
JB
5902};
5903
09b4a4fa
JB
5904/**
5905 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
5906 */
5907enum rate_control_capabilities {
5908 /**
5909 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
5910 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
5911 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
5912 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
5913 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
5914 */
5915 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
5916};
5917
4b7679a5 5918struct rate_control_ops {
09b4a4fa 5919 unsigned long capa;
4b7679a5
JB
5920 const char *name;
5921 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
4b7679a5
JB
5922 void (*free)(void *priv);
5923
5924 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
5925 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5926 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4b7679a5 5927 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
81cb7623 5928 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5929 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
64f68e5d
JB
5930 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5931 u32 changed);
4b7679a5
JB
5932 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5933 void *priv_sta);
5934
18fb84d9
FF
5935 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
5936 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5937 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
4b7679a5
JB
5938 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5939 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5940 struct sk_buff *skb);
e6a9854b
JB
5941 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5942 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
4b7679a5
JB
5943
5944 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
5945 struct dentry *dir);
cca674d4
AQ
5946
5947 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
4b7679a5
JB
5948};
5949
5950static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
57fbcce3 5951 enum nl80211_band band,
4b7679a5
JB
5952 int index)
5953{
5954 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
5955}
5956
5957static inline s8
5958rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5959 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5960{
5961 int i;
5962
5963 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5964 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5965 return i;
5966
5967 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
54d5026e 5968 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
4b7679a5 5969
54d5026e 5970 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
4b7679a5
JB
5971 return 0;
5972}
5973
b770b43e
LR
5974static inline
5975bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5976 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5977{
5978 unsigned int i;
5979
5980 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5981 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5982 return true;
5983 return false;
5984}
4b7679a5 5985
0d528d85
FF
5986/**
5987 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
5988 *
5989 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
5990 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
5991 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
5992 * the most recent rate control module decision.
5993 *
5994 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5995 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
5996 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
5997 */
5998int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5999 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
6000 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
6001
631ad703
JB
6002int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
6003void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
4b7679a5 6004
10c806b3
LR
6005static inline bool
6006conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6007{
675a0b04 6008 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
10c806b3
LR
6009}
6010
6011static inline bool
6012conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6013{
675a0b04
KB
6014 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6015 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
6016}
6017
6018static inline bool
6019conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6020{
675a0b04
KB
6021 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6022 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
6023}
6024
6025static inline bool
6026conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6027{
675a0b04 6028 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
10c806b3
LR
6029}
6030
6031static inline bool
6032conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6033{
041f607d
RL
6034 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
6035 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
6036 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
10c806b3
LR
6037}
6038
2ca27bcf
JB
6039static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6040ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
6041{
6042 if (p2p) {
6043 switch (type) {
6044 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
6045 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
6046 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
6047 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
6048 default:
6049 break;
6050 }
6051 }
6052 return type;
6053}
6054
6055static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6056ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
6057{
6058 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
6059}
6060
65554d07
SS
6061/**
6062 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
6063 *
6064 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6065 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
6066 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
6067 *
6068 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
6069 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
6070 * matching GroupId management frame.
6071 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
6072 */
6073void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6074 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
6075
615f7b9b
MV
6076void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6077 int rssi_min_thold,
6078 int rssi_max_thold);
6079
6080void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
768db343 6081
0d8a0a17 6082/**
0ae997dc 6083 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
0d8a0a17
WYG
6084 *
6085 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6086 *
0ae997dc
YB
6087 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
6088 *
6089 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
6090 * applicable.
0d8a0a17 6091 */
1dae27f8
WYG
6092int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6093
cd8f7cb4
JB
6094/**
6095 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
6096 * @vif: virtual interface
6097 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
6098 * @gfp: allocation flags
6099 *
6100 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
6101 */
6102void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6103 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6104 gfp_t gfp);
6105
06be6b14
FF
6106/**
6107 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
6108 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6109 * @vif: virtual interface
6110 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
6111 * @band: the band to transmit on
6112 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
6113 *
6114 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
6115 */
6116bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6117 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
6118 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
6119
a7022e65
FF
6120/**
6121 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
6122 *
6123 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
6124 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
6125 *
6126 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
6127 *
6128 * private:
6129 *
6130 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
6131 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
6132 */
6133struct ieee80211_noa_data {
6134 u32 next_tsf;
6135 bool has_next_tsf;
6136
6137 u8 absent;
6138
6139 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6140 struct {
6141 u32 start;
6142 u32 duration;
6143 u32 interval;
6144 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6145};
6146
6147/**
6148 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
6149 *
6150 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
6151 * @data: NoA tracking data
6152 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6153 *
6154 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
6155 */
6156int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
6157 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6158
6159/**
6160 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
6161 *
6162 * @data: NoA tracking data
6163 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6164 */
6165void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6166
c887f0d3
AN
6167/**
6168 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
6169 * @vif: virtual interface
6170 * @peer: the peer's destination address
6171 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
6172 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
6173 * @gfp: allocation flags
6174 *
6175 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
6176 */
6177void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
6178 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6179 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
a7f3a768 6180
b6da911b
LK
6181/**
6182 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
6183 *
6184 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
6185 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
6186 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
6187 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
6188 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
6189 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
6190 *
6191 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
6192 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
6193 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6194 *
6195 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6196 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6197 *
6198 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6199 */
6200int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6201
6202/**
6203 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6204 *
6205 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6206 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6207 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6208 *
6209 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6210 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6211 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6212 *
6213 * @sta: the station
6214 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6215 */
6216void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6217
ba8c3d6f
FF
6218/**
6219 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6220 *
6221 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
18667600
THJ
6222 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6223 * ieee80211_next_txq()
ba8c3d6f
FF
6224 *
6225 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
fca1279f
JB
6226 *
6227 * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
6228 * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
6229 * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by by RCU and thus the
6230 * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
6231 * but for the duration of the frame handling.
6232 * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
6233 * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
fb0e76ab
ES
6234 *
6235 * softirqs must also be disabled when this function is called.
6236 * In process context, use ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() instead.
ba8c3d6f
FF
6237 */
6238struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6239 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f2ac7e30 6240
fb0e76ab
ES
6241/**
6242 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6243 * (in process context)
6244 *
6245 * Like ieee80211_tx_dequeue() but can be called in process context
6246 * (internally disables bottom halves).
6247 *
6248 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6249 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6250 * ieee80211_next_txq()
6251 */
6252static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6253 struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6254{
6255 struct sk_buff *skb;
6256
6257 local_bh_disable();
6258 skb = ieee80211_tx_dequeue(hw, txq);
6259 local_bh_enable();
6260
6261 return skb;
6262}
6263
18667600
THJ
6264/**
6265 * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
6266 *
6267 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6268 * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
6269 *
18667600
THJ
6270 * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
6271 * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
6272 * driver has finished scheduling it.
6273 */
6274struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6275
6276/**
5b989c18 6277 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs
18667600
THJ
6278 *
6279 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6280 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6281 *
5b989c18
FF
6282 * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
6283 * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently.
18667600 6284 */
5b989c18
FF
6285void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6286
6287/* (deprecated) */
6288static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6289{
6290}
18667600 6291
2b4a6698
FF
6292void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6293 struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force);
6294
18667600 6295/**
5b989c18 6296 * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
18667600
THJ
6297 *
6298 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5b989c18 6299 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
18667600 6300 *
2b4a6698
FF
6301 * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled,
6302 * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered.
6303 *
6304 * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for
6305 * this TXQ internally.
18667600 6306 */
2b4a6698
FF
6307static inline void
6308ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6309{
6310 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true);
6311}
18667600 6312
390298e8 6313/**
5b989c18 6314 * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
390298e8
THJ
6315 *
6316 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6317 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
2b4a6698
FF
6318 * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets.
6319 *
6320 * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ
6321 * internally.
390298e8 6322 */
5b989c18 6323static inline void
2b4a6698
FF
6324ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6325 bool force)
5b989c18 6326{
2b4a6698 6327 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force);
5b989c18 6328}
390298e8 6329
b4809e94
THJ
6330/**
6331 * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
6332 *
6333 * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
6334 * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
6335 * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
6336 * next_txq().
6337 *
6338 * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
6339 * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
6340 * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
6341 * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
6342 * again.
6343 *
6344 * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
6345 * aligned aginst driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
6346 * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
6347 * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
6348 * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
6349 * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
6350 *
6351 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6352 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6353 */
6354bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6355 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6356
f2ac7e30
MK
6357/**
6358 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6359 *
6360 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6361 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6362 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6363 *
6364 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6365 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6366 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6367 */
6368void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6369 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6370 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
167e33f4
AB
6371
6372/**
6373 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6374 *
6375 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6376 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6377 *
6378 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6379 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6380 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6381 * @gfp: allocation flags
6382 */
6383void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6384 u8 inst_id,
6385 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6386 gfp_t gfp);
92bc43bc
AB
6387
6388/**
6389 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6390 *
6391 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6392 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6393 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6394 *
6395 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6396 * @match: match event information
6397 * @gfp: allocation flags
6398 */
6399void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6400 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6401 gfp_t gfp);
6402
f0706e82 6403#endif /* MAC80211_H */